Merge branch '12.0-development' into metal

This commit is contained in:
Alex Szpakowski
2020-12-22 22:37:17 -04:00
288 changed files with 15292 additions and 12550 deletions
+1 -1
View File
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ jobs:
with:
path: megasource
repository: love2d/megasource
ref: master
ref: 12.x
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/checkout@v2
with:
+5 -8
View File
@@ -67,14 +67,11 @@ LOCAL_SRC_FILES := \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/modules/window/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/modules/window/sdl/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/ddsparse/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/Common/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/Box2D/Rope/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/box2d/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/box2d/Collision/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/box2d/Common/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/box2d/Dynamics/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/box2d/Rope/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/glad/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/glslang/glslang/GenericCodeGen/*.cpp) \
$(wildcard ${LOCAL_PATH}/src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/*.cpp) \
+59 -109
View File
@@ -65,8 +65,6 @@ if(POLICY CMP0072)
cmake_policy(SET CMP0072 NEW)
endif()
find_package(OpenGL)
if(MEGA)
# LOVE_MSVC_DLLS contains runtime DLLs that should be bundled with the love
# binary (in e.g. the installer). Example: msvcp140.dll.
@@ -88,7 +86,6 @@ if(MEGA)
set(LOVE_LINK_DIRS ${SDL_LINK_DIR})
set(LOVE_LINK_LIBRARIES
${OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY}
${MEGA_FREETYPE}
${MEGA_LIBOGG}
${MEGA_LIBVORBISFILE}
@@ -266,6 +263,7 @@ set(LOVE_SRC_COMMON
src/common/Optional.h
src/common/pixelformat.cpp
src/common/pixelformat.h
src/common/Range.h
src/common/Reference.cpp
src/common/Reference.h
src/common/runtime.cpp
@@ -1064,130 +1062,80 @@ source_group("modules\\window\\sdl" FILES ${LOVE_SRC_MODULE_WINDOW_SDL})
#
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_ROOT
src/libraries/Box2D/Box2D.h
src/libraries/box2d/Box2D.h
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_COLLISION
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2CollideCircle.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2CollideEdge.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2CollidePolygon.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_COLLISION_SHAPES
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_broad_phase.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_chain_shape.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_circle_shape.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_collide_circle.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_collide_edge.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_collide_polygon.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_collision.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_distance.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_dynamic_tree.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_edge_shape.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_polygon_shape.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/collision/b2_time_of_impact.cpp
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_COMMON
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Draw.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2GrowableStack.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Math.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Math.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Settings.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Timer.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h
src/libraries/box2d/common/b2_block_allocator.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/common/b2_draw.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/common/b2_math.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/common/b2_settings.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/common/b2_stack_allocator.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/common/b2_timer.cpp
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_DYNAMICS
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2ContactManager.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2ContactManager.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Island.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2Island.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_DYNAMICS_CONTACTS
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ContactSolver.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ContactSolver.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndCircleContact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndCircleContact.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonAndCircleContact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonAndCircleContact.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonContact.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonContact.h
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_DYNAMICS_JOINTS
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_body.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_chain_circle_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_chain_circle_contact.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_chain_polygon_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_chain_polygon_contact.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_circle_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_circle_contact.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_contact_manager.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_contact_solver.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_contact_solver.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_distance_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_edge_circle_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_edge_circle_contact.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_edge_polygon_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_edge_polygon_contact.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_fixture.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_friction_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_gear_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_island.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_island.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_motor_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_mouse_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_polygon_circle_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_polygon_circle_contact.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_polygon_contact.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_polygon_contact.h
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_prismatic_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_pulley_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_revolute_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_weld_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_wheel_joint.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_world.cpp
src/libraries/box2d/dynamics/b2_world_callbacks.cpp
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_ROPE
src/libraries/Box2D/Rope/b2Rope.cpp
src/libraries/Box2D/Rope/b2Rope.h
src/libraries/box2d/rope/b2_rope.cpp
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_ROOT}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_COLLISION}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_COLLISION_SHAPES}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_COMMON}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_DYNAMICS}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_DYNAMICS_CONTACTS}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_DYNAMICS_JOINTS}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_BOX2D_ROPE}
)
@@ -1338,7 +1286,6 @@ set(LOVE_SRC_3P_GLSLANG_GLSLANG_MACHINEINDEPENDENT
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/ParseHelper.cpp
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/ParseHelper.h
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/parseVersions.h
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/pch.cpp
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/pch.h
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/PoolAlloc.cpp
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/MachineIndependent/propagateNoContraction.cpp
@@ -1379,6 +1326,7 @@ set(LOVE_SRC_3P_GLSLANG_GLSLANG_PUBLIC
)
set(LOVE_SRC_3P_GLSLANG_GLSLANG
src/libraries/glslang/glslang/build_info.h
${LOVE_SRC_3P_GLSLANG_GLSLANG_GENERICCODEGEN}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_GLSLANG_GLSLANG_INCLUDE}
${LOVE_SRC_3P_GLSLANG_GLSLANG_MACHINEINDEPENDENT}
@@ -1408,6 +1356,7 @@ set(LOVE_SRC_3P_GLSLANG_SPIRV
src/libraries/glslang/SPIRV/InReadableOrder.cpp
src/libraries/glslang/SPIRV/Logger.cpp
src/libraries/glslang/SPIRV/Logger.h
src/libraries/glslang/SPIRV/NonSemanticDebugPrintf.h
src/libraries/glslang/SPIRV/spirv.hpp
src/libraries/glslang/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.cpp
src/libraries/glslang/SPIRV/SpvBuilder.h
@@ -1726,6 +1675,7 @@ set(LOVE_LIB_SRC
include_directories(
src
src/libraries
src/libraries/box2D
src/modules
${LOVE_INCLUDE_DIRS}
)
+59
View File
@@ -1,3 +1,62 @@
LOVE 12.0 [N/A]
---------------
Released: N/A
* Added love.event.restart(optionalvalue). A new love.restart field will contain the value after restarting.
* Added SoundData:copyFrom.
* Added SoundData:slice.
* Added t.highdpi startup flag in love.conf, replacing t.window.highdpi and the highdpi flag of love.window.setMode.
* Added per-shader opt in support for the GLSL 4.30 (desktop) and GLSL ES 3.10 (mobile) shading languages, via #pragma language glsl4.
* Added love.graphics.newTexture. newImage and newCanvas still exist as convenience constructor functions.
* Added love.graphics.getTextureFormats, which replaces getImageFormats and getCanvasFormats.
* Added Graphics Buffer objects, including vertex, index, and texel buffers.
* Added APIs for interacting with the Buffer objects owned by Meshes.
* Added Mesh:getAttachedAttributes.
* Added integer buffer data formats.
* Added love.graphics.setBlendState, which gives lower level control over blend operations than setBlendMode.
* Added new 'clampone' wrap mode.
* Changed the default font from Vera size 12 to Noto Sans size 13.
* Changed the Texture class and implementation to no longer have separate Canvas and Image subclasses.
* Changed Images to no longer hold onto a CPU copy of their pixel data after creation.
* Changed love.window.setMode to no longer clear the contents of Canvases or otherwise recreate OpenGL resources.
* Updated Box2D from 2.3 to 2.4.1.
* Deprecated love.graphics.getImageFormats and love.graphics.getCanvasFormats (replaced by getTextureFormats).
* Deprecated t.window.highdpi in love.conf and the highdpi flag of love.window.setMode (replaced by t.highdpi in love.conf).
* Deprecated the variants of Mesh:attachAttribute and SpriteBatch:attachAttribute which accept a Mesh (replaced by variants which accept a Buffer).
* Removed the variant of SpriteBatch:setColor() which turns off all previously set colors.
* Fixed BezierCurve:render adding collinear points in some situations.
LOVE 11.4 [Mysterious Mysteries]
--------------------------------
Released: N/A
* Added support for r16, rg16, and rgba16 pixel formats in Canvases.
* Added Shader:send(name, matrixlayout, data, ...) variant, whose argument order is more consistent than Shader:send(name, data, matrixlayout, ...).
* Changed love.timer.getTime to start at 0 when the module is first loaded.
* Fixed build-time compatibility with Lua 5.4.
* Fixed initial window creation to set the window's title during creation instead of after.
* Fixed drag-and-drop to open a love game on macOS causing love.event.quit("restart") to fail.
* Fixed fused macOS apps opening other love games when drag-and-drop is used (if the fused app hasn't already removed .love files from recognized document types).
* Fixed memory corruption and a crash when drawing smooth lines.
* Fixed a crash in Canvas:newImageData when the pixel format's pixel byte size multiplied by its width isn't a multiple of 4.
* Fixed love.graphics.newVolumeImage when explicit mipmaps are provided.
* Fixed freezes and crashes in automatic batching when an AMD GPU is used.
* Fixed love.graphics.print and Image:replacePixels on more AMD/ATI GPUs.
* Fixed texture memory reported by love.graphics.getStats when a volume or array Canvas is created.
* Fixed rare issues where textures were not sent to shaders correctly.
* Fixed Shader:send(name, data, matrixlayout, ...).
* Fixed source code compilation on Xcode 12+.
* Fixed source code compilation on Linux systems that don't provide posix_spawn APIs.
LOVE 11.3 [Mysterious Mysteries]
--------------------------------
+1 -1
View File
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ install:
- for /D %%i in (*) do @if "%%i" NEQ "love" @move %%i love\%%i
- for %%i in (*) do @if "%%i" NEQ "appveyor.yml" @move %%i love\%%i
# clone megasource and move into top directory.
- git clone --depth 1 https://github.com/love2d/megasource.git megasource
- git clone --depth 1 --single-branch --branch 12.x https://github.com/love2d/megasource.git megasource
- cd megasource
- for /D %%i in (*) do @move %%i ..\%%i
- for %%i in (*) do @move %%i ..\%%i
+1 -1
View File
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE([library-lua53], [ --disable-library-lua53 Turn off library lu
# Select the libraries we need to build, based on the selected modules
AS_VAR_IF([enable_module_filesystem], [yes], [enable_library_physfs=yes], [enable_library_physfs=no])
AS_VAR_IF([enable_module_physics], [yes], [enable_library_Box2D=yes], [enable_library_Box2D=no])
AS_VAR_IF([enable_module_physics], [yes], [enable_library_box2d=yes], [enable_library_box2d=no])
AS_VAR_IF([enable_module_image], [yes], [enable_library_ddsparse=yes], [enable_library_ddsparse=no])
AS_VAR_IF([enable_module_graphics], [yes], [enable_library_glad=yes], [enable_library_glad=no])
AS_VAR_IF([enable_module_graphics], [yes], [enable_library_glslang=yes], [enable_library_glslang=no])
+1 -1
View File
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ inc_modules="$inc_current/modules"
inc_libraries="$inc_current/libraries"
cat > src/Makefile.am << EOF
AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$inc_current -I$inc_modules -I$inc_libraries -I$inc_libraries/enet/libenet/include \$(LOVE_INCLUDES) \$(FILE_OFFSET)\
AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$inc_current -I$inc_modules -I$inc_libraries -I$inc_libraries/enet/libenet/include -I$inc_libraries/box2d \$(LOVE_INCLUDES) \$(FILE_OFFSET)\
\$(SDL_CFLAGS) \$(lua_CFLAGS) \$(freetype2_CFLAGS)\
\$(openal_CFLAGS) \$(zlib_CFLAGS) \$(libmodplug_CFLAGS)\
\$(vorbisfile_CFLAGS) \$(theora_CFLAGS)
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
buildSettings = {
ASSETCATALOG_COMPILER_APPICON_NAME = "OS X AppIcon";
CODE_SIGN_ENTITLEMENTS = love.entitlements;
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "-";
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "";
COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES;
ENABLE_HARDENED_RUNTIME = YES;
FRAMEWORK_SEARCH_PATHS = (
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@
buildSettings = {
ASSETCATALOG_COMPILER_APPICON_NAME = "OS X AppIcon";
CODE_SIGN_ENTITLEMENTS = love.entitlements;
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "-";
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "";
COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES;
DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = "dwarf-with-dsym";
ENABLE_HARDENED_RUNTIME = YES;
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@
buildSettings = {
ASSETCATALOG_COMPILER_APPICON_NAME = "OS X AppIcon";
CODE_SIGN_ENTITLEMENTS = love.entitlements;
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "-";
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "";
COMBINE_HIDPI_IMAGES = YES;
DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = "dwarf-with-dsym";
ENABLE_HARDENED_RUNTIME = YES;
+2 -2
View File
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ There are also unstable/nightly builds:
- Builds for some platforms are automatically created after each commit and are available through GitHub's CI interfaces.
- Otherwise, some less frequently updated builds can can be found [here][builds].
- For ubuntu linux they are in [ppa:bartbes/love-unstable][unstableppa]
- For arch linux there's [love-hg][aur] in the AUR.
- For arch linux there's [love-git][aur] in the AUR.
Dependencies
------------
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Dependencies
[builds]: http://love2d.org/builds
[stableppa]: https://launchpad.net/~bartbes/+archive/love-stable
[unstableppa]: https://launchpad.net/~bartbes/+archive/love-unstable
[aur]: http://aur.archlinux.org/packages/love-hg
[aur]: http://aur.archlinux.org/packages/love-git
[love-experiments]: https://github.com/slime73/love-experiments
[codestyle]: https://love2d.org/wiki/Code_Style
[android-repository]: https://github.com/love2d/love-android
+83
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/**
* Copyright (c) 2006-2020 LOVE Development Team
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
*
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
*
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
**/
#pragma once
#include <stddef.h>
#include <algorithm>
#include <limits>
namespace love
{
struct Range
{
size_t first;
size_t last;
Range()
: first(std::numeric_limits<size_t>::max())
, last(0)
{}
Range(size_t offset, size_t size)
: first(offset)
, last(offset + size - 1)
{}
bool isValid() const { return first <= last; }
void invalidate()
{
first = std::numeric_limits<size_t>::max();
last = 0;
}
size_t getMin() const { return first; }
size_t getMax() const { return last; }
size_t getOffset() const { return first; }
size_t getSize() const { return (last - first) + 1; }
bool contains(const Range &other) const
{
return first <= other.first && last >= other.last;
}
void encapsulate(size_t index)
{
first = std::min(first, index);
last = std::max(last, index);
}
void encapsulate(size_t offset, size_t size)
{
first = std::min(first, offset);
last = std::max(last, offset + size - 1);
}
void encapsulate(const Range &other)
{
first = std::min(first, other.first);
last = std::max(last, other.last);
}
};
} // love
+1 -1
View File
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
#endif
// NEON instructions.
#if defined(__ARM_NEON)
#if defined(__ARM_NEON) || defined(_M_ARM64)
# define LOVE_SIMD_NEON
#endif
+6
View File
@@ -78,6 +78,12 @@ bool setAudioMixWithOthers(bool mixEnabled);
**/
bool hasBackgroundMusic();
/**
* Registers notifications to handle and restore audio interruptions
**/
void initAudioSessionInterruptionHandler();
void destroyAudioSessionInterruptionHandler();
/**
* Gets the area in the window that is safe for UI to render to (not covered by
* the status bar, notch, etc.)
+84
View File
@@ -28,6 +28,8 @@
#import <AudioToolbox/AudioServices.h>
#import <AVFoundation/AVFoundation.h>
#include "modules/audio/Audio.h"
#include <vector>
#include <SDL_events.h>
@@ -200,6 +202,56 @@ static int dropFileEventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event *event)
}
}
@interface LoveAudioInterruptionListener : NSObject
@end
@implementation LoveAudioInterruptionListener
+ (id) shared
{
// thread-safe singleton
static dispatch_once_t pred = 0;
__strong static id _shared = nil;
dispatch_once(&pred, ^{
_shared = [[self alloc] init];
});
return _shared;
}
- (void)audioSessionInterruption:(NSNotification *)note
{
@synchronized (self)
{
auto audio = love::Module::getInstance<love::audio::Audio>(love::Module::M_AUDIO);
if (!audio)
{
NSLog(@"LoveAudioInterruptionListener could not get love audio module");
return;
}
NSNumber *type = note.userInfo[AVAudioSessionInterruptionTypeKey];
if (type.unsignedIntegerValue == AVAudioSessionInterruptionTypeBegan)
audio->pauseContext();
else
audio->resumeContext();
}
}
- (void)applicationBecameActive:(NSNotification *)note
{
@synchronized (self)
{
auto audio = love::Module::getInstance<love::audio::Audio>(love::Module::M_AUDIO);
if (!audio)
{
NSLog(@"ERROR:could not get love audio module");
return;
}
audio->resumeContext();
}
}
@end // LoveAudioInterruptionListener
namespace love
{
namespace ios
@@ -380,6 +432,38 @@ bool hasBackgroundMusic()
}
}
void initAudioSessionInterruptionHandler()
{
@autoreleasepool
{
AVAudioSession *session = [AVAudioSession sharedInstance];
NSNotificationCenter *center = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
[center addObserver:[LoveAudioInterruptionListener shared]
selector:@selector(audioSessionInterruption:)
name:AVAudioSessionInterruptionNotification
object:session];
// An interruption end notification is not guaranteed to be sent if
// we were previously interrupted... resuming if needed when the app
// becomes active seems to be the way to go.
[center addObserver:[LoveAudioInterruptionListener shared]
selector:@selector(applicationBecameActive:)
name:UIApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification
object:nil];
[center addObserver:[LoveAudioInterruptionListener shared]
selector:@selector(applicationBecameActive:)
name:UIApplicationWillEnterForegroundNotification
object:nil];
}
}
void destroyAudioSessionInterruptionHandler()
{
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] removeObserver:[LoveAudioInterruptionListener shared]];
}
Rect getSafeArea(SDL_Window *window)
{
@autoreleasepool
-68
View File
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef BOX2D_H
#define BOX2D_H
/**
\mainpage Box2D API Documentation
\section intro_sec Getting Started
For documentation please see http://box2d.org/documentation.html
For discussion please visit http://box2d.org/forum
*/
// These include files constitute the main Box2D API
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
#endif
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
#define B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
class b2EdgeShape;
/// A chain shape is a free form sequence of line segments.
/// The chain has two-sided collision, so you can use inside and outside collision.
/// Therefore, you may use any winding order.
/// Since there may be many vertices, they are allocated using b2Alloc.
/// Connectivity information is used to create smooth collisions.
/// WARNING: The chain will not collide properly if there are self-intersections.
class b2ChainShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2ChainShape();
/// The destructor frees the vertices using b2Free.
~b2ChainShape();
/// Clear all data.
void Clear();
/// Create a loop. This automatically adjusts connectivity.
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
/// @param count the vertex count
void CreateLoop(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
/// Create a chain with isolated end vertices.
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
/// @param count the vertex count
void CreateChain(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that precedes the first vertex.
/// Don't call this for loops.
void SetPrevVertex(const b2Vec2& prevVertex);
/// Establish connectivity to a vertex that follows the last vertex.
/// Don't call this for loops.
void SetNextVertex(const b2Vec2& nextVertex);
/// Implement b2Shape. Vertices are cloned using b2Alloc.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const;
/// Get a child edge.
void GetChildEdge(b2EdgeShape* edge, int32 index) const;
/// This always return false.
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// Chains have zero mass.
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
/// The vertices. Owned by this class.
b2Vec2* m_vertices;
/// The vertex count.
int32 m_count;
b2Vec2 m_prevVertex, m_nextVertex;
bool m_hasPrevVertex, m_hasNextVertex;
};
inline b2ChainShape::b2ChainShape()
{
m_type = e_chain;
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
m_vertices = NULL;
m_count = 0;
m_hasPrevVertex = false;
m_hasNextVertex = false;
}
#endif
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
#define B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
/// A circle shape.
class b2CircleShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2CircleShape();
/// Implement b2Shape.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
/// Get the vertex count.
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return 1; }
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
/// Position
b2Vec2 m_p;
};
inline b2CircleShape::b2CircleShape()
{
m_type = e_circle;
m_radius = 0.0f;
m_p.SetZero();
}
inline int32 b2CircleShape::GetSupport(const b2Vec2 &d) const
{
B2_NOT_USED(d);
return 0;
}
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2 &d) const
{
B2_NOT_USED(d);
return m_p;
}
inline const b2Vec2& b2CircleShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
{
B2_NOT_USED(index);
b2Assert(index == 0);
return m_p;
}
#endif
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
#define B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
/// A line segment (edge) shape. These can be connected in chains or loops
/// to other edge shapes. The connectivity information is used to ensure
/// correct contact normals.
class b2EdgeShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2EdgeShape();
/// Set this as an isolated edge.
void Set(const b2Vec2& v1, const b2Vec2& v2);
/// Implement b2Shape.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const;
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
/// These are the edge vertices
b2Vec2 m_vertex1, m_vertex2;
/// Optional adjacent vertices. These are used for smooth collision.
b2Vec2 m_vertex0, m_vertex3;
bool m_hasVertex0, m_hasVertex3;
};
inline b2EdgeShape::b2EdgeShape()
{
m_type = e_edge;
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
m_vertex0.x = 0.0f;
m_vertex0.y = 0.0f;
m_vertex3.x = 0.0f;
m_vertex3.y = 0.0f;
m_hasVertex0 = false;
m_hasVertex3 = false;
}
#endif
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
#define B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
/// A convex polygon. It is assumed that the interior of the polygon is to
/// the left of each edge.
/// Polygons have a maximum number of vertices equal to b2_maxPolygonVertices.
/// In most cases you should not need many vertices for a convex polygon.
class b2PolygonShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2PolygonShape();
/// Implement b2Shape.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const;
/// Create a convex hull from the given array of local points.
/// The count must be in the range [3, b2_maxPolygonVertices].
/// @warning the points may be re-ordered, even if they form a convex polygon
/// @warning collinear points are handled but not removed. Collinear points
/// may lead to poor stacking behavior.
void Set(const b2Vec2* points, int32 count);
/// Build vertices to represent an axis-aligned box centered on the local origin.
/// @param hx the half-width.
/// @param hy the half-height.
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy);
/// Build vertices to represent an oriented box.
/// @param hx the half-width.
/// @param hy the half-height.
/// @param center the center of the box in local coordinates.
/// @param angle the rotation of the box in local coordinates.
void SetAsBox(float32 hx, float32 hy, const b2Vec2& center, float32 angle);
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const;
/// Get the vertex count.
int32 GetVertexCount() const { return m_count; }
/// Get a vertex by index.
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
/// Validate convexity. This is a very time consuming operation.
/// @returns true if valid
bool Validate() const;
b2Vec2 m_centroid;
b2Vec2 m_vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
b2Vec2 m_normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
int32 m_count;
};
inline b2PolygonShape::b2PolygonShape()
{
m_type = e_polygon;
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
m_count = 0;
m_centroid.SetZero();
}
inline const b2Vec2& b2PolygonShape::GetVertex(int32 index) const
{
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
return m_vertices[index];
}
#endif
@@ -1,698 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2CircleShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2PolygonShape.h>
// Compute contact points for edge versus circle.
// This accounts for edge connectivity.
void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
manifold->pointCount = 0;
// Compute circle in frame of edge
b2Vec2 Q = b2MulT(xfA, b2Mul(xfB, circleB->m_p));
b2Vec2 A = edgeA->m_vertex1, B = edgeA->m_vertex2;
b2Vec2 e = B - A;
// Barycentric coordinates
float32 u = b2Dot(e, B - Q);
float32 v = b2Dot(e, Q - A);
float32 radius = edgeA->m_radius + circleB->m_radius;
b2ContactFeature cf;
cf.indexB = 0;
cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
// Region A
if (v <= 0.0f)
{
b2Vec2 P = A;
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
if (dd > radius * radius)
{
return;
}
// Is there an edge connected to A?
if (edgeA->m_hasVertex0)
{
b2Vec2 A1 = edgeA->m_vertex0;
b2Vec2 B1 = A;
b2Vec2 e1 = B1 - A1;
float32 u1 = b2Dot(e1, B1 - Q);
// Is the circle in Region AB of the previous edge?
if (u1 > 0.0f)
{
return;
}
}
cf.indexA = 0;
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
manifold->pointCount = 1;
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_circles;
manifold->localNormal.SetZero();
manifold->localPoint = P;
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
return;
}
// Region B
if (u <= 0.0f)
{
b2Vec2 P = B;
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
if (dd > radius * radius)
{
return;
}
// Is there an edge connected to B?
if (edgeA->m_hasVertex3)
{
b2Vec2 B2 = edgeA->m_vertex3;
b2Vec2 A2 = B;
b2Vec2 e2 = B2 - A2;
float32 v2 = b2Dot(e2, Q - A2);
// Is the circle in Region AB of the next edge?
if (v2 > 0.0f)
{
return;
}
}
cf.indexA = 1;
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
manifold->pointCount = 1;
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_circles;
manifold->localNormal.SetZero();
manifold->localPoint = P;
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
return;
}
// Region AB
float32 den = b2Dot(e, e);
b2Assert(den > 0.0f);
b2Vec2 P = (1.0f / den) * (u * A + v * B);
b2Vec2 d = Q - P;
float32 dd = b2Dot(d, d);
if (dd > radius * radius)
{
return;
}
b2Vec2 n(-e.y, e.x);
if (b2Dot(n, Q - A) < 0.0f)
{
n.Set(-n.x, -n.y);
}
n.Normalize();
cf.indexA = 0;
cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
manifold->pointCount = 1;
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
manifold->localNormal = n;
manifold->localPoint = A;
manifold->points[0].id.key = 0;
manifold->points[0].id.cf = cf;
manifold->points[0].localPoint = circleB->m_p;
}
// This structure is used to keep track of the best separating axis.
struct b2EPAxis
{
enum Type
{
e_unknown,
e_edgeA,
e_edgeB
};
Type type;
int32 index;
float32 separation;
};
// This holds polygon B expressed in frame A.
struct b2TempPolygon
{
b2Vec2 vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
b2Vec2 normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
int32 count;
};
// Reference face used for clipping
struct b2ReferenceFace
{
int32 i1, i2;
b2Vec2 v1, v2;
b2Vec2 normal;
b2Vec2 sideNormal1;
float32 sideOffset1;
b2Vec2 sideNormal2;
float32 sideOffset2;
};
// This class collides and edge and a polygon, taking into account edge adjacency.
struct b2EPCollider
{
void Collide(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB);
b2EPAxis ComputeEdgeSeparation();
b2EPAxis ComputePolygonSeparation();
enum VertexType
{
e_isolated,
e_concave,
e_convex
};
b2TempPolygon m_polygonB;
b2Transform m_xf;
b2Vec2 m_centroidB;
b2Vec2 m_v0, m_v1, m_v2, m_v3;
b2Vec2 m_normal0, m_normal1, m_normal2;
b2Vec2 m_normal;
VertexType m_type1, m_type2;
b2Vec2 m_lowerLimit, m_upperLimit;
float32 m_radius;
bool m_front;
};
// Algorithm:
// 1. Classify v1 and v2
// 2. Classify polygon centroid as front or back
// 3. Flip normal if necessary
// 4. Initialize normal range to [-pi, pi] about face normal
// 5. Adjust normal range according to adjacent edges
// 6. Visit each separating axes, only accept axes within the range
// 7. Return if _any_ axis indicates separation
// 8. Clip
void b2EPCollider::Collide(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
m_xf = b2MulT(xfA, xfB);
m_centroidB = b2Mul(m_xf, polygonB->m_centroid);
m_v0 = edgeA->m_vertex0;
m_v1 = edgeA->m_vertex1;
m_v2 = edgeA->m_vertex2;
m_v3 = edgeA->m_vertex3;
bool hasVertex0 = edgeA->m_hasVertex0;
bool hasVertex3 = edgeA->m_hasVertex3;
b2Vec2 edge1 = m_v2 - m_v1;
edge1.Normalize();
m_normal1.Set(edge1.y, -edge1.x);
float32 offset1 = b2Dot(m_normal1, m_centroidB - m_v1);
float32 offset0 = 0.0f, offset2 = 0.0f;
bool convex1 = false, convex2 = false;
// Is there a preceding edge?
if (hasVertex0)
{
b2Vec2 edge0 = m_v1 - m_v0;
edge0.Normalize();
m_normal0.Set(edge0.y, -edge0.x);
convex1 = b2Cross(edge0, edge1) >= 0.0f;
offset0 = b2Dot(m_normal0, m_centroidB - m_v0);
}
// Is there a following edge?
if (hasVertex3)
{
b2Vec2 edge2 = m_v3 - m_v2;
edge2.Normalize();
m_normal2.Set(edge2.y, -edge2.x);
convex2 = b2Cross(edge1, edge2) > 0.0f;
offset2 = b2Dot(m_normal2, m_centroidB - m_v2);
}
// Determine front or back collision. Determine collision normal limits.
if (hasVertex0 && hasVertex3)
{
if (convex1 && convex2)
{
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || offset1 >= 0.0f || offset2 >= 0.0f;
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
}
}
else if (convex1)
{
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || (offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f);
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
}
}
else if (convex2)
{
m_front = offset2 >= 0.0f || (offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f);
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
}
}
else
{
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f;
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
}
}
}
else if (hasVertex0)
{
if (convex1)
{
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f || offset1 >= 0.0f;
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal0;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
}
}
else
{
m_front = offset0 >= 0.0f && offset1 >= 0.0f;
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal0;
}
}
}
else if (hasVertex3)
{
if (convex2)
{
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f || offset2 >= 0.0f;
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = m_normal2;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
}
}
else
{
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f && offset2 >= 0.0f;
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal2;
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
}
}
}
else
{
m_front = offset1 >= 0.0f;
if (m_front)
{
m_normal = m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = -m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = -m_normal1;
}
else
{
m_normal = -m_normal1;
m_lowerLimit = m_normal1;
m_upperLimit = m_normal1;
}
}
// Get polygonB in frameA
m_polygonB.count = polygonB->m_count;
for (int32 i = 0; i < polygonB->m_count; ++i)
{
m_polygonB.vertices[i] = b2Mul(m_xf, polygonB->m_vertices[i]);
m_polygonB.normals[i] = b2Mul(m_xf.q, polygonB->m_normals[i]);
}
m_radius = 2.0f * b2_polygonRadius;
manifold->pointCount = 0;
b2EPAxis edgeAxis = ComputeEdgeSeparation();
// If no valid normal can be found than this edge should not collide.
if (edgeAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_unknown)
{
return;
}
if (edgeAxis.separation > m_radius)
{
return;
}
b2EPAxis polygonAxis = ComputePolygonSeparation();
if (polygonAxis.type != b2EPAxis::e_unknown && polygonAxis.separation > m_radius)
{
return;
}
// Use hysteresis for jitter reduction.
const float32 k_relativeTol = 0.98f;
const float32 k_absoluteTol = 0.001f;
b2EPAxis primaryAxis;
if (polygonAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_unknown)
{
primaryAxis = edgeAxis;
}
else if (polygonAxis.separation > k_relativeTol * edgeAxis.separation + k_absoluteTol)
{
primaryAxis = polygonAxis;
}
else
{
primaryAxis = edgeAxis;
}
b2ClipVertex ie[2];
b2ReferenceFace rf;
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
{
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceA;
// Search for the polygon normal that is most anti-parallel to the edge normal.
int32 bestIndex = 0;
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.normals[0]);
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
{
float32 value = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.normals[i]);
if (value < bestValue)
{
bestValue = value;
bestIndex = i;
}
}
int32 i1 = bestIndex;
int32 i2 = i1 + 1 < m_polygonB.count ? i1 + 1 : 0;
ie[0].v = m_polygonB.vertices[i1];
ie[0].id.cf.indexA = 0;
ie[0].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(i1);
ie[0].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
ie[0].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
ie[1].v = m_polygonB.vertices[i2];
ie[1].id.cf.indexA = 0;
ie[1].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(i2);
ie[1].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
ie[1].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
if (m_front)
{
rf.i1 = 0;
rf.i2 = 1;
rf.v1 = m_v1;
rf.v2 = m_v2;
rf.normal = m_normal1;
}
else
{
rf.i1 = 1;
rf.i2 = 0;
rf.v1 = m_v2;
rf.v2 = m_v1;
rf.normal = -m_normal1;
}
}
else
{
manifold->type = b2Manifold::e_faceB;
ie[0].v = m_v1;
ie[0].id.cf.indexA = 0;
ie[0].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(primaryAxis.index);
ie[0].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
ie[0].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
ie[1].v = m_v2;
ie[1].id.cf.indexA = 0;
ie[1].id.cf.indexB = static_cast<uint8>(primaryAxis.index);
ie[1].id.cf.typeA = b2ContactFeature::e_vertex;
ie[1].id.cf.typeB = b2ContactFeature::e_face;
rf.i1 = primaryAxis.index;
rf.i2 = rf.i1 + 1 < m_polygonB.count ? rf.i1 + 1 : 0;
rf.v1 = m_polygonB.vertices[rf.i1];
rf.v2 = m_polygonB.vertices[rf.i2];
rf.normal = m_polygonB.normals[rf.i1];
}
rf.sideNormal1.Set(rf.normal.y, -rf.normal.x);
rf.sideNormal2 = -rf.sideNormal1;
rf.sideOffset1 = b2Dot(rf.sideNormal1, rf.v1);
rf.sideOffset2 = b2Dot(rf.sideNormal2, rf.v2);
// Clip incident edge against extruded edge1 side edges.
b2ClipVertex clipPoints1[2];
b2ClipVertex clipPoints2[2];
int32 np;
// Clip to box side 1
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints1, ie, rf.sideNormal1, rf.sideOffset1, rf.i1);
if (np < b2_maxManifoldPoints)
{
return;
}
// Clip to negative box side 1
np = b2ClipSegmentToLine(clipPoints2, clipPoints1, rf.sideNormal2, rf.sideOffset2, rf.i2);
if (np < b2_maxManifoldPoints)
{
return;
}
// Now clipPoints2 contains the clipped points.
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
{
manifold->localNormal = rf.normal;
manifold->localPoint = rf.v1;
}
else
{
manifold->localNormal = polygonB->m_normals[rf.i1];
manifold->localPoint = polygonB->m_vertices[rf.i1];
}
int32 pointCount = 0;
for (int32 i = 0; i < b2_maxManifoldPoints; ++i)
{
float32 separation;
separation = b2Dot(rf.normal, clipPoints2[i].v - rf.v1);
if (separation <= m_radius)
{
b2ManifoldPoint* cp = manifold->points + pointCount;
if (primaryAxis.type == b2EPAxis::e_edgeA)
{
cp->localPoint = b2MulT(m_xf, clipPoints2[i].v);
cp->id = clipPoints2[i].id;
}
else
{
cp->localPoint = clipPoints2[i].v;
cp->id.cf.typeA = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.typeB;
cp->id.cf.typeB = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.typeA;
cp->id.cf.indexA = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.indexB;
cp->id.cf.indexB = clipPoints2[i].id.cf.indexA;
}
++pointCount;
}
}
manifold->pointCount = pointCount;
}
b2EPAxis b2EPCollider::ComputeEdgeSeparation()
{
b2EPAxis axis;
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeA;
axis.index = m_front ? 0 : 1;
axis.separation = FLT_MAX;
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
{
float32 s = b2Dot(m_normal, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v1);
if (s < axis.separation)
{
axis.separation = s;
}
}
return axis;
}
b2EPAxis b2EPCollider::ComputePolygonSeparation()
{
b2EPAxis axis;
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_unknown;
axis.index = -1;
axis.separation = -FLT_MAX;
b2Vec2 perp(-m_normal.y, m_normal.x);
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_polygonB.count; ++i)
{
b2Vec2 n = -m_polygonB.normals[i];
float32 s1 = b2Dot(n, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v1);
float32 s2 = b2Dot(n, m_polygonB.vertices[i] - m_v2);
float32 s = b2Min(s1, s2);
if (s > m_radius)
{
// No collision
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeB;
axis.index = i;
axis.separation = s;
return axis;
}
// Adjacency
if (b2Dot(n, perp) >= 0.0f)
{
if (b2Dot(n - m_upperLimit, m_normal) < -b2_angularSlop)
{
continue;
}
}
else
{
if (b2Dot(n - m_lowerLimit, m_normal) < -b2_angularSlop)
{
continue;
}
}
if (s > axis.separation)
{
axis.type = b2EPAxis::e_edgeB;
axis.index = i;
axis.separation = s;
}
}
return axis;
}
void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2EPCollider collider;
collider.Collide(manifold, edgeA, xfA, polygonB, xfB);
}
-141
View File
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_H
#define B2_DISTANCE_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
class b2Shape;
/// A distance proxy is used by the GJK algorithm.
/// It encapsulates any shape.
struct b2DistanceProxy
{
b2DistanceProxy() : m_vertices(NULL), m_count(0), m_radius(0.0f) {}
/// Initialize the proxy using the given shape. The shape
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
void Set(const b2Shape* shape, int32 index);
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
/// Get the vertex count.
int32 GetVertexCount() const;
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
b2Vec2 m_buffer[2];
const b2Vec2* m_vertices;
int32 m_count;
float32 m_radius;
};
/// Used to warm start b2Distance.
/// Set count to zero on first call.
struct b2SimplexCache
{
float32 metric; ///< length or area
uint16 count;
uint8 indexA[3]; ///< vertices on shape A
uint8 indexB[3]; ///< vertices on shape B
};
/// Input for b2Distance.
/// You have to option to use the shape radii
/// in the computation. Even
struct b2DistanceInput
{
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
b2Transform transformA;
b2Transform transformB;
bool useRadii;
};
/// Output for b2Distance.
struct b2DistanceOutput
{
b2Vec2 pointA; ///< closest point on shapeA
b2Vec2 pointB; ///< closest point on shapeB
float32 distance;
int32 iterations; ///< number of GJK iterations used
};
/// Compute the closest points between two shapes. Supports any combination of:
/// b2CircleShape, b2PolygonShape, b2EdgeShape. The simplex cache is input/output.
/// On the first call set b2SimplexCache.count to zero.
void b2Distance(b2DistanceOutput* output,
b2SimplexCache* cache,
const b2DistanceInput* input);
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetVertexCount() const
{
return m_count;
}
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetVertex(int32 index) const
{
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
return m_vertices[index];
}
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const
{
int32 bestIndex = 0;
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
{
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
if (value > bestValue)
{
bestIndex = i;
bestValue = value;
}
}
return bestIndex;
}
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const
{
int32 bestIndex = 0;
float32 bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
{
float32 value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
if (value > bestValue)
{
bestIndex = i;
bestValue = value;
}
}
return m_vertices[bestIndex];
}
#endif
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
#define B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Distance.h>
/// Input parameters for b2TimeOfImpact
struct b2TOIInput
{
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
b2Sweep sweepA;
b2Sweep sweepB;
float32 tMax; // defines sweep interval [0, tMax]
};
// Output parameters for b2TimeOfImpact.
struct b2TOIOutput
{
enum State
{
e_unknown,
e_failed,
e_overlapped,
e_touching,
e_separated
};
State state;
float32 t;
};
/// Compute the upper bound on time before two shapes penetrate. Time is represented as
/// a fraction between [0,tMax]. This uses a swept separating axis and may miss some intermediate,
/// non-tunneling collision. If you change the time interval, you should call this function
/// again.
/// Note: use b2Distance to compute the contact point and normal at the time of impact.
void b2TimeOfImpact(b2TOIOutput* output, const b2TOIInput* input);
#endif
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
#define B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
const int32 b2_chunkSize = 16 * 1024;
const int32 b2_maxBlockSize = 640;
const int32 b2_blockSizes = 14;
const int32 b2_chunkArrayIncrement = 128;
struct b2Block;
struct b2Chunk;
/// This is a small object allocator used for allocating small
/// objects that persist for more than one time step.
/// See: http://www.codeproject.com/useritems/Small_Block_Allocator.asp
class b2BlockAllocator
{
public:
b2BlockAllocator();
~b2BlockAllocator();
/// Allocate memory. This will use b2Alloc if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
void* Allocate(int32 size);
/// Free memory. This will use b2Free if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
void Free(void* p, int32 size);
void Clear();
private:
b2Chunk* m_chunks;
int32 m_chunkCount;
int32 m_chunkSpace;
b2Block* m_freeLists[b2_blockSizes];
static int32 s_blockSizes[b2_blockSizes];
static uint8 s_blockSizeLookup[b2_maxBlockSize + 1];
static bool s_blockSizeLookupInitialized;
};
#endif
-44
View File
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
b2Draw::b2Draw()
{
m_drawFlags = 0;
}
void b2Draw::SetFlags(uint32 flags)
{
m_drawFlags = flags;
}
uint32 b2Draw::GetFlags() const
{
return m_drawFlags;
}
void b2Draw::AppendFlags(uint32 flags)
{
m_drawFlags |= flags;
}
void b2Draw::ClearFlags(uint32 flags)
{
m_drawFlags &= ~flags;
}
-86
View File
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_DRAW_H
#define B2_DRAW_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
/// Color for debug drawing. Each value has the range [0,1].
struct b2Color
{
b2Color() {}
b2Color(float32 r, float32 g, float32 b, float32 a = 1.0f) : r(r), g(g), b(b), a(a) {}
void Set(float32 ri, float32 gi, float32 bi, float32 ai = 1.0f) { r = ri; g = gi; b = bi; a = ai; }
float32 r, g, b, a;
};
/// Implement and register this class with a b2World to provide debug drawing of physics
/// entities in your game.
class b2Draw
{
public:
b2Draw();
virtual ~b2Draw() {}
enum
{
e_shapeBit = 0x0001, ///< draw shapes
e_jointBit = 0x0002, ///< draw joint connections
e_aabbBit = 0x0004, ///< draw axis aligned bounding boxes
e_pairBit = 0x0008, ///< draw broad-phase pairs
e_centerOfMassBit = 0x0010 ///< draw center of mass frame
};
/// Set the drawing flags.
void SetFlags(uint32 flags);
/// Get the drawing flags.
uint32 GetFlags() const;
/// Append flags to the current flags.
void AppendFlags(uint32 flags);
/// Clear flags from the current flags.
void ClearFlags(uint32 flags);
/// Draw a closed polygon provided in CCW order.
virtual void DrawPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a solid closed polygon provided in CCW order.
virtual void DrawSolidPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a circle.
virtual void DrawCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a solid circle.
virtual void DrawSolidCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float32 radius, const b2Vec2& axis, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a line segment.
virtual void DrawSegment(const b2Vec2& p1, const b2Vec2& p2, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a transform. Choose your own length scale.
/// @param xf a transform.
virtual void DrawTransform(const b2Transform& xf) = 0;
protected:
uint32 m_drawFlags;
};
#endif
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
#define B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
#include <string.h>
/// This is a growable LIFO stack with an initial capacity of N.
/// If the stack size exceeds the initial capacity, the heap is used
/// to increase the size of the stack.
template <typename T, int32 N>
class b2GrowableStack
{
public:
b2GrowableStack()
{
m_stack = m_array;
m_count = 0;
m_capacity = N;
}
~b2GrowableStack()
{
if (m_stack != m_array)
{
b2Free(m_stack);
m_stack = NULL;
}
}
void Push(const T& element)
{
if (m_count == m_capacity)
{
T* old = m_stack;
m_capacity *= 2;
m_stack = (T*)b2Alloc(m_capacity * sizeof(T));
memcpy(m_stack, old, m_count * sizeof(T));
if (old != m_array)
{
b2Free(old);
}
}
m_stack[m_count] = element;
++m_count;
}
T Pop()
{
b2Assert(m_count > 0);
--m_count;
return m_stack[m_count];
}
int32 GetCount()
{
return m_count;
}
private:
T* m_stack;
T m_array[N];
int32 m_count;
int32 m_capacity;
};
#endif
-94
View File
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
const b2Vec2 b2Vec2_zero(0.0f, 0.0f);
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
b2Vec3 b2Mat33::Solve33(const b2Vec3& b) const
{
float32 det = b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, ez));
if (det != 0.0f)
{
det = 1.0f / det;
}
b2Vec3 x;
x.x = det * b2Dot(b, b2Cross(ey, ez));
x.y = det * b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(b, ez));
x.z = det * b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, b));
return x;
}
/// Solve A * x = b, where b is a column vector. This is more efficient
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
b2Vec2 b2Mat33::Solve22(const b2Vec2& b) const
{
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a21 = ex.y, a22 = ey.y;
float32 det = a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
if (det != 0.0f)
{
det = 1.0f / det;
}
b2Vec2 x;
x.x = det * (a22 * b.x - a12 * b.y);
x.y = det * (a11 * b.y - a21 * b.x);
return x;
}
///
void b2Mat33::GetInverse22(b2Mat33* M) const
{
float32 a = ex.x, b = ey.x, c = ex.y, d = ey.y;
float32 det = a * d - b * c;
if (det != 0.0f)
{
det = 1.0f / det;
}
M->ex.x = det * d; M->ey.x = -det * b; M->ex.z = 0.0f;
M->ex.y = -det * c; M->ey.y = det * a; M->ey.z = 0.0f;
M->ez.x = 0.0f; M->ez.y = 0.0f; M->ez.z = 0.0f;
}
/// Returns the zero matrix if singular.
void b2Mat33::GetSymInverse33(b2Mat33* M) const
{
float32 det = b2Dot(ex, b2Cross(ey, ez));
if (det != 0.0f)
{
det = 1.0f / det;
}
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a13 = ez.x;
float32 a22 = ey.y, a23 = ez.y;
float32 a33 = ez.z;
M->ex.x = det * (a22 * a33 - a23 * a23);
M->ex.y = det * (a13 * a23 - a12 * a33);
M->ex.z = det * (a12 * a23 - a13 * a22);
M->ey.x = M->ex.y;
M->ey.y = det * (a11 * a33 - a13 * a13);
M->ey.z = det * (a13 * a12 - a11 * a23);
M->ez.x = M->ex.z;
M->ez.y = M->ey.z;
M->ez.z = det * (a11 * a22 - a12 * a12);
}
-52
View File
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "common/Exception.h"
b2Version b2_version = {2, 3, 2};
// Memory allocators. Modify these to use your own allocator.
void* b2Alloc(int32 size)
{
return malloc(size);
}
void b2Free(void* mem)
{
free(mem);
}
// You can modify this to use your logging facility.
void b2Log(const char* string, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, string);
vprintf(string, args);
va_end(args);
}
void loveAssert(bool test, const char *teststr)
{
if (!test)
throw love::Exception("Box2D assertion failed: %s", teststr);
}
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Common/b2StackAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
b2StackAllocator::b2StackAllocator()
{
m_index = 0;
m_allocation = 0;
m_maxAllocation = 0;
m_entryCount = 0;
}
b2StackAllocator::~b2StackAllocator()
{
b2Assert(m_index == 0);
b2Assert(m_entryCount == 0);
}
void* b2StackAllocator::Allocate(int32 size)
{
b2Assert(m_entryCount < b2_maxStackEntries);
b2StackEntry* entry = m_entries + m_entryCount;
entry->size = size;
if (m_index + size > b2_stackSize)
{
entry->data = (char*)b2Alloc(size);
entry->usedMalloc = true;
}
else
{
entry->data = m_data + m_index;
entry->usedMalloc = false;
m_index += size;
}
m_allocation += size;
m_maxAllocation = b2Max(m_maxAllocation, m_allocation);
++m_entryCount;
return entry->data;
}
void b2StackAllocator::Free(void* p)
{
b2Assert(m_entryCount > 0);
b2StackEntry* entry = m_entries + m_entryCount - 1;
b2Assert(p == entry->data);
if (entry->usedMalloc)
{
b2Free(p);
}
else
{
m_index -= entry->size;
}
m_allocation -= entry->size;
--m_entryCount;
p = NULL;
}
int32 b2StackAllocator::GetMaxAllocation() const
{
return m_maxAllocation;
}
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
#define B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
const int32 b2_stackSize = 100 * 1024; // 100k
const int32 b2_maxStackEntries = 32;
struct b2StackEntry
{
char* data;
int32 size;
bool usedMalloc;
};
// This is a stack allocator used for fast per step allocations.
// You must nest allocate/free pairs. The code will assert
// if you try to interleave multiple allocate/free pairs.
class b2StackAllocator
{
public:
b2StackAllocator();
~b2StackAllocator();
void* Allocate(int32 size);
void Free(void* p);
int32 GetMaxAllocation() const;
private:
char m_data[b2_stackSize];
int32 m_index;
int32 m_allocation;
int32 m_maxAllocation;
b2StackEntry m_entries[b2_maxStackEntries];
int32 m_entryCount;
};
#endif
-101
View File
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Timer.h>
#if defined(_WIN32)
float64 b2Timer::s_invFrequency = 0.0f;
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
b2Timer::b2Timer()
{
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
if (s_invFrequency == 0.0f)
{
QueryPerformanceFrequency(&largeInteger);
s_invFrequency = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
if (s_invFrequency > 0.0f)
{
s_invFrequency = 1000.0f / s_invFrequency;
}
}
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
m_start = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
}
void b2Timer::Reset()
{
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
m_start = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
}
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
{
LARGE_INTEGER largeInteger;
QueryPerformanceCounter(&largeInteger);
float64 count = float64(largeInteger.QuadPart);
float32 ms = float32(s_invFrequency * (count - m_start));
return ms;
}
#elif defined(__linux__) || defined (__APPLE__)
#include <sys/time.h>
b2Timer::b2Timer()
{
Reset();
}
void b2Timer::Reset()
{
timeval t;
gettimeofday(&t, 0);
m_start_sec = t.tv_sec;
m_start_usec = t.tv_usec;
}
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
{
timeval t;
gettimeofday(&t, 0);
return 1000.0f * (t.tv_sec - m_start_sec) + 0.001f * (t.tv_usec - m_start_usec);
}
#else
b2Timer::b2Timer()
{
}
void b2Timer::Reset()
{
}
float32 b2Timer::GetMilliseconds() const
{
return 0.0f;
}
#endif
-50
View File
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_TIMER_H
#define B2_TIMER_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
/// Timer for profiling. This has platform specific code and may
/// not work on every platform.
class b2Timer
{
public:
/// Constructor
b2Timer();
/// Reset the timer.
void Reset();
/// Get the time since construction or the last reset.
float32 GetMilliseconds() const;
private:
#if defined(_WIN32)
float64 m_start;
static float64 s_invFrequency;
#elif defined(__linux__) || defined (__APPLE__)
unsigned long m_start_sec;
unsigned long m_start_usec;
#endif
};
#endif
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndCircleContact.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
#include <new>
b2Contact* b2ChainAndCircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2ChainAndCircleContact));
return new (mem) b2ChainAndCircleContact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB);
}
void b2ChainAndCircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
((b2ChainAndCircleContact*)contact)->~b2ChainAndCircleContact();
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2ChainAndCircleContact));
}
b2ChainAndCircleContact::b2ChainAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB)
: b2Contact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB)
{
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_chain);
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
}
void b2ChainAndCircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2ChainShape* chain = (b2ChainShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape();
b2EdgeShape edge;
chain->GetChildEdge(&edge, m_indexA);
b2CollideEdgeAndCircle( manifold, &edge, xfA,
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
}
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2ChainAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
{
public:
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2ChainAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
~b2ChainAndCircleContact() {}
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
};
#endif
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2ChainAndPolygonContact.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2ChainShape.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2EdgeShape.h>
#include <new>
b2Contact* b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2ChainAndPolygonContact));
return new (mem) b2ChainAndPolygonContact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB);
}
void b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
((b2ChainAndPolygonContact*)contact)->~b2ChainAndPolygonContact();
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2ChainAndPolygonContact));
}
b2ChainAndPolygonContact::b2ChainAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB)
: b2Contact(fixtureA, indexA, fixtureB, indexB)
{
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_chain);
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
}
void b2ChainAndPolygonContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2ChainShape* chain = (b2ChainShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape();
b2EdgeShape edge;
chain->GetChildEdge(&edge, m_indexA);
b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( manifold, &edge, xfA,
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
}
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
#define B2_CHAIN_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2ChainAndPolygonContact : public b2Contact
{
public:
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2ChainAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
~b2ChainAndPolygonContact() {}
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
};
#endif
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2CircleContact.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
#include <new>
b2Contact* b2CircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2CircleContact));
return new (mem) b2CircleContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
}
void b2CircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
((b2CircleContact*)contact)->~b2CircleContact();
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2CircleContact));
}
b2CircleContact::b2CircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
{
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
}
void b2CircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2CollideCircles(manifold,
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
}
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#define B2_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2CircleContact : public b2Contact
{
public:
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2CircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
~b2CircleContact() {}
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
};
#endif
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_SOLVER_H
#define B2_CONTACT_SOLVER_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
class b2Contact;
class b2Body;
class b2StackAllocator;
struct b2ContactPositionConstraint;
struct b2VelocityConstraintPoint
{
b2Vec2 rA;
b2Vec2 rB;
float32 normalImpulse;
float32 tangentImpulse;
float32 normalMass;
float32 tangentMass;
float32 velocityBias;
};
struct b2ContactVelocityConstraint
{
b2VelocityConstraintPoint points[b2_maxManifoldPoints];
b2Vec2 normal;
b2Mat22 normalMass;
b2Mat22 K;
int32 indexA;
int32 indexB;
float32 invMassA, invMassB;
float32 invIA, invIB;
float32 friction;
float32 restitution;
float32 tangentSpeed;
int32 pointCount;
int32 contactIndex;
};
struct b2ContactSolverDef
{
b2TimeStep step;
b2Contact** contacts;
int32 count;
b2Position* positions;
b2Velocity* velocities;
b2StackAllocator* allocator;
};
class b2ContactSolver
{
public:
b2ContactSolver(b2ContactSolverDef* def);
~b2ContactSolver();
void InitializeVelocityConstraints();
void WarmStart();
void SolveVelocityConstraints();
void StoreImpulses();
bool SolvePositionConstraints();
bool SolveTOIPositionConstraints(int32 toiIndexA, int32 toiIndexB);
b2TimeStep m_step;
b2Position* m_positions;
b2Velocity* m_velocities;
b2StackAllocator* m_allocator;
b2ContactPositionConstraint* m_positionConstraints;
b2ContactVelocityConstraint* m_velocityConstraints;
b2Contact** m_contacts;
int m_count;
};
#endif
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndCircleContact.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <new>
b2Contact* b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2EdgeAndCircleContact));
return new (mem) b2EdgeAndCircleContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
}
void b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
((b2EdgeAndCircleContact*)contact)->~b2EdgeAndCircleContact();
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2EdgeAndCircleContact));
}
b2EdgeAndCircleContact::b2EdgeAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
{
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_edge);
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
}
void b2EdgeAndCircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2CollideEdgeAndCircle( manifold,
(b2EdgeShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
}
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_EDGE_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#define B2_EDGE_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2EdgeAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
{
public:
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2EdgeAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
~b2EdgeAndCircleContact() {}
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
};
#endif
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2010 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2EdgeAndPolygonContact.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <new>
b2Contact* b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2EdgeAndPolygonContact));
return new (mem) b2EdgeAndPolygonContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
}
void b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
((b2EdgeAndPolygonContact*)contact)->~b2EdgeAndPolygonContact();
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2EdgeAndPolygonContact));
}
b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::b2EdgeAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
{
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_edge);
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
}
void b2EdgeAndPolygonContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon( manifold,
(b2EdgeShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
}
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_EDGE_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
#define B2_EDGE_AND_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2EdgeAndPolygonContact : public b2Contact
{
public:
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2EdgeAndPolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
~b2EdgeAndPolygonContact() {}
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
};
#endif
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonAndCircleContact.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <new>
b2Contact* b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PolygonAndCircleContact));
return new (mem) b2PolygonAndCircleContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
}
void b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
((b2PolygonAndCircleContact*)contact)->~b2PolygonAndCircleContact();
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2PolygonAndCircleContact));
}
b2PolygonAndCircleContact::b2PolygonAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
{
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_circle);
}
void b2PolygonAndCircleContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2CollidePolygonAndCircle( manifold,
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
(b2CircleShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
}
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#define B2_POLYGON_AND_CIRCLE_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2PolygonAndCircleContact : public b2Contact
{
public:
static b2Contact* Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2PolygonAndCircleContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
~b2PolygonAndCircleContact() {}
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
};
#endif
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2PolygonContact.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2TimeOfImpact.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
#include <new>
b2Contact* b2PolygonContact::Create(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PolygonContact));
return new (mem) b2PolygonContact(fixtureA, fixtureB);
}
void b2PolygonContact::Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
((b2PolygonContact*)contact)->~b2PolygonContact();
allocator->Free(contact, sizeof(b2PolygonContact));
}
b2PolygonContact::b2PolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
: b2Contact(fixtureA, 0, fixtureB, 0)
{
b2Assert(m_fixtureA->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
b2Assert(m_fixtureB->GetType() == b2Shape::e_polygon);
}
void b2PolygonContact::Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB)
{
b2CollidePolygons( manifold,
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureA->GetShape(), xfA,
(b2PolygonShape*)m_fixtureB->GetShape(), xfB);
}
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
#define B2_POLYGON_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Contacts/b2Contact.h>
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2PolygonContact : public b2Contact
{
public:
static b2Contact* Create( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2PolygonContact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB);
~b2PolygonContact() {}
void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
};
#endif
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
// 1-D constrained system
// m (v2 - v1) = lambda
// v2 + (beta/h) * x1 + gamma * lambda = 0, gamma has units of inverse mass.
// x2 = x1 + h * v2
// 1-D mass-damper-spring system
// m (v2 - v1) + h * d * v2 + h * k *
// C = norm(p2 - p1) - L
// u = (p2 - p1) / norm(p2 - p1)
// Cdot = dot(u, v2 + cross(w2, r2) - v1 - cross(w1, r1))
// J = [-u -cross(r1, u) u cross(r2, u)]
// K = J * invM * JT
// = invMass1 + invI1 * cross(r1, u)^2 + invMass2 + invI2 * cross(r2, u)^2
void b2DistanceJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* b1, b2Body* b2,
const b2Vec2& anchor1, const b2Vec2& anchor2)
{
bodyA = b1;
bodyB = b2;
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor1);
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor2);
b2Vec2 d = anchor2 - anchor1;
length = d.Length();
}
b2DistanceJoint::b2DistanceJoint(const b2DistanceJointDef* def)
: b2Joint(def)
{
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
m_length = def->length;
m_frequencyHz = def->frequencyHz;
m_dampingRatio = def->dampingRatio;
m_impulse = 0.0f;
m_gamma = 0.0f;
m_bias = 0.0f;
}
void b2DistanceJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
m_rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
m_rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
m_u = cB + m_rB - cA - m_rA;
// Handle singularity.
float32 length = m_u.Length();
if (length > b2_linearSlop)
{
m_u *= 1.0f / length;
}
else
{
m_u.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
}
float32 crAu = b2Cross(m_rA, m_u);
float32 crBu = b2Cross(m_rB, m_u);
float32 invMass = m_invMassA + m_invIA * crAu * crAu + m_invMassB + m_invIB * crBu * crBu;
// Compute the effective mass matrix.
m_mass = invMass != 0.0f ? 1.0f / invMass : 0.0f;
if (m_frequencyHz > 0.0f)
{
float32 C = length - m_length;
// Frequency
float32 omega = 2.0f * b2_pi * m_frequencyHz;
// Damping coefficient
float32 d = 2.0f * m_mass * m_dampingRatio * omega;
// Spring stiffness
float32 k = m_mass * omega * omega;
// magic formulas
float32 h = data.step.dt;
m_gamma = h * (d + h * k);
m_gamma = m_gamma != 0.0f ? 1.0f / m_gamma : 0.0f;
m_bias = C * h * k * m_gamma;
invMass += m_gamma;
m_mass = invMass != 0.0f ? 1.0f / invMass : 0.0f;
}
else
{
m_gamma = 0.0f;
m_bias = 0.0f;
}
if (data.step.warmStarting)
{
// Scale the impulse to support a variable time step.
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse * m_u;
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
vB += m_invMassB * P;
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
}
else
{
m_impulse = 0.0f;
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
void b2DistanceJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
// Cdot = dot(u, v + cross(w, r))
b2Vec2 vpA = vA + b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
b2Vec2 vpB = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB);
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_u, vpB - vpA);
float32 impulse = -m_mass * (Cdot + m_bias + m_gamma * m_impulse);
m_impulse += impulse;
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_u;
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
vB += m_invMassB * P;
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
bool b2DistanceJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
if (m_frequencyHz > 0.0f)
{
// There is no position correction for soft distance constraints.
return true;
}
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
b2Vec2 u = cB + rB - cA - rA;
float32 length = u.Normalize();
float32 C = length - m_length;
C = b2Clamp(C, -b2_maxLinearCorrection, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
float32 impulse = -m_mass * C;
b2Vec2 P = impulse * u;
cA -= m_invMassA * P;
aA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(rA, P);
cB += m_invMassB * P;
aB += m_invIB * b2Cross(rB, P);
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
return b2Abs(C) < b2_linearSlop;
}
b2Vec2 b2DistanceJoint::GetAnchorA() const
{
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
}
b2Vec2 b2DistanceJoint::GetAnchorB() const
{
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
}
b2Vec2 b2DistanceJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
{
b2Vec2 F = (inv_dt * m_impulse) * m_u;
return F;
}
float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
{
B2_NOT_USED(inv_dt);
return 0.0f;
}
void b2DistanceJoint::Dump()
{
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
b2Log(" b2DistanceJointDef jd;\n");
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
b2Log(" jd.length = %.15lef;\n", m_length);
b2Log(" jd.frequencyHz = %.15lef;\n", m_frequencyHz);
b2Log(" jd.dampingRatio = %.15lef;\n", m_dampingRatio);
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
}
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
#define B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Distance joint definition. This requires defining an
/// anchor point on both bodies and the non-zero length of the
/// distance joint. The definition uses local anchor points
/// so that the initial configuration can violate the constraint
/// slightly. This helps when saving and loading a game.
/// @warning Do not use a zero or short length.
struct b2DistanceJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2DistanceJointDef()
{
type = e_distanceJoint;
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
length = 1.0f;
frequencyHz = 0.0f;
dampingRatio = 0.0f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and length using the world
/// anchors.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB,
const b2Vec2& anchorA, const b2Vec2& anchorB);
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The natural length between the anchor points.
float32 length;
/// The mass-spring-damper frequency in Hertz. A value of 0
/// disables softness.
float32 frequencyHz;
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
float32 dampingRatio;
};
/// A distance joint constrains two points on two bodies
/// to remain at a fixed distance from each other. You can view
/// this as a massless, rigid rod.
class b2DistanceJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
/// Get the reaction force given the inverse time step.
/// Unit is N.
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// Get the reaction torque given the inverse time step.
/// Unit is N*m. This is always zero for a distance joint.
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// Set/get the natural length.
/// Manipulating the length can lead to non-physical behavior when the frequency is zero.
void SetLength(float32 length);
float32 GetLength() const;
/// Set/get frequency in Hz.
void SetFrequency(float32 hz);
float32 GetFrequency() const;
/// Set/get damping ratio.
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
float32 GetDampingRatio() const;
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump();
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2DistanceJoint(const b2DistanceJointDef* data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
float32 m_frequencyHz;
float32 m_dampingRatio;
float32 m_bias;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
float32 m_gamma;
float32 m_impulse;
float32 m_length;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_u;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
float32 m_mass;
};
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetLength(float32 length)
{
m_length = length;
}
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetLength() const
{
return m_length;
}
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetFrequency(float32 hz)
{
m_frequencyHz = hz;
}
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetFrequency() const
{
return m_frequencyHz;
}
inline void b2DistanceJoint::SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio)
{
m_dampingRatio = ratio;
}
inline float32 b2DistanceJoint::GetDampingRatio() const
{
return m_dampingRatio;
}
#endif
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
#define B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Friction joint definition.
struct b2FrictionJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2FrictionJointDef()
{
type = e_frictionJoint;
localAnchorA.SetZero();
localAnchorB.SetZero();
maxForce = 0.0f;
maxTorque = 0.0f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
/// anchor and world axis.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The maximum friction force in N.
float32 maxForce;
/// The maximum friction torque in N-m.
float32 maxTorque;
};
/// Friction joint. This is used for top-down friction.
/// It provides 2D translational friction and angular friction.
class b2FrictionJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
void SetMaxTorque(float32 torque);
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
float32 GetMaxTorque() const;
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump();
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2FrictionJoint(const b2FrictionJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
float32 m_angularImpulse;
float32 m_maxForce;
float32 m_maxTorque;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
float32 m_angularMass;
};
#endif
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
#define B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Gear joint definition. This definition requires two existing
/// revolute or prismatic joints (any combination will work).
struct b2GearJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2GearJointDef()
{
type = e_gearJoint;
joint1 = NULL;
joint2 = NULL;
ratio = 1.0f;
}
/// The first revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
b2Joint* joint1;
/// The second revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
b2Joint* joint2;
/// The gear ratio.
/// @see b2GearJoint for explanation.
float32 ratio;
};
/// A gear joint is used to connect two joints together. Either joint
/// can be a revolute or prismatic joint. You specify a gear ratio
/// to bind the motions together:
/// coordinate1 + ratio * coordinate2 = constant
/// The ratio can be negative or positive. If one joint is a revolute joint
/// and the other joint is a prismatic joint, then the ratio will have units
/// of length or units of 1/length.
/// @warning You have to manually destroy the gear joint if joint1 or joint2
/// is destroyed.
class b2GearJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// Get the first joint.
b2Joint* GetJoint1() { return m_joint1; }
/// Get the second joint.
b2Joint* GetJoint2() { return m_joint2; }
/// Set/Get the gear ratio.
void SetRatio(float32 ratio);
float32 GetRatio() const;
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump();
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2GearJoint(const b2GearJointDef* data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
b2Joint* m_joint1;
b2Joint* m_joint2;
b2JointType m_typeA;
b2JointType m_typeB;
// Body A is connected to body C
// Body B is connected to body D
b2Body* m_bodyC;
b2Body* m_bodyD;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorC;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorD;
b2Vec2 m_localAxisC;
b2Vec2 m_localAxisD;
float32 m_referenceAngleA;
float32 m_referenceAngleB;
float32 m_constant;
float32 m_ratio;
float32 m_impulse;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA, m_indexB, m_indexC, m_indexD;
b2Vec2 m_lcA, m_lcB, m_lcC, m_lcD;
float32 m_mA, m_mB, m_mC, m_mD;
float32 m_iA, m_iB, m_iC, m_iD;
b2Vec2 m_JvAC, m_JvBD;
float32 m_JwA, m_JwB, m_JwC, m_JwD;
float32 m_mass;
};
#endif
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2DistanceJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MouseJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PulleyJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2GearJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WeldJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2FrictionJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2MotorJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2World.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <new>
b2Joint* b2Joint::Create(const b2JointDef* def, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
b2Joint* joint = NULL;
switch (def->type)
{
case e_distanceJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2DistanceJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2DistanceJoint(static_cast<const b2DistanceJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_mouseJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2MouseJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2MouseJoint(static_cast<const b2MouseJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_prismaticJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PrismaticJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2PrismaticJoint(static_cast<const b2PrismaticJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_revoluteJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2RevoluteJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2RevoluteJoint(static_cast<const b2RevoluteJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_pulleyJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2PulleyJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2PulleyJoint(static_cast<const b2PulleyJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_gearJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2GearJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2GearJoint(static_cast<const b2GearJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_wheelJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2WheelJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2WheelJoint(static_cast<const b2WheelJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_weldJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2WeldJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2WeldJoint(static_cast<const b2WeldJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_frictionJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2FrictionJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2FrictionJoint(static_cast<const b2FrictionJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_ropeJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2RopeJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2RopeJoint(static_cast<const b2RopeJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
case e_motorJoint:
{
void* mem = allocator->Allocate(sizeof(b2MotorJoint));
joint = new (mem) b2MotorJoint(static_cast<const b2MotorJointDef*>(def));
}
break;
default:
b2Assert(false);
break;
}
return joint;
}
void b2Joint::Destroy(b2Joint* joint, b2BlockAllocator* allocator)
{
joint->~b2Joint();
switch (joint->m_type)
{
case e_distanceJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2DistanceJoint));
break;
case e_mouseJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2MouseJoint));
break;
case e_prismaticJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2PrismaticJoint));
break;
case e_revoluteJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2RevoluteJoint));
break;
case e_pulleyJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2PulleyJoint));
break;
case e_gearJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2GearJoint));
break;
case e_wheelJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2WheelJoint));
break;
case e_weldJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2WeldJoint));
break;
case e_frictionJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2FrictionJoint));
break;
case e_ropeJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2RopeJoint));
break;
case e_motorJoint:
allocator->Free(joint, sizeof(b2MotorJoint));
break;
default:
b2Assert(false);
break;
}
}
b2Joint::b2Joint(const b2JointDef* def)
{
b2Assert(def->bodyA != def->bodyB);
m_type = def->type;
m_prev = NULL;
m_next = NULL;
m_bodyA = def->bodyA;
m_bodyB = def->bodyB;
m_index = 0;
m_collideConnected = def->collideConnected;
m_islandFlag = false;
m_userData = def->userData;
m_edgeA.joint = NULL;
m_edgeA.other = NULL;
m_edgeA.prev = NULL;
m_edgeA.next = NULL;
m_edgeB.joint = NULL;
m_edgeB.other = NULL;
m_edgeB.prev = NULL;
m_edgeB.next = NULL;
}
bool b2Joint::IsActive() const
{
return m_bodyA->IsActive() && m_bodyB->IsActive();
}
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
#define B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Motor joint definition.
struct b2MotorJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2MotorJointDef()
{
type = e_motorJoint;
linearOffset.SetZero();
angularOffset = 0.0f;
maxForce = 1.0f;
maxTorque = 1.0f;
correctionFactor = 0.3f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies and offsets using the current transforms.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB);
/// Position of bodyB minus the position of bodyA, in bodyA's frame, in meters.
b2Vec2 linearOffset;
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in radians.
float32 angularOffset;
/// The maximum motor force in N.
float32 maxForce;
/// The maximum motor torque in N-m.
float32 maxTorque;
/// Position correction factor in the range [0,1].
float32 correctionFactor;
};
/// A motor joint is used to control the relative motion
/// between two bodies. A typical usage is to control the movement
/// of a dynamic body with respect to the ground.
class b2MotorJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// Set/get the target linear offset, in frame A, in meters.
void SetLinearOffset(const b2Vec2& linearOffset);
const b2Vec2& GetLinearOffset() const;
/// Set/get the target angular offset, in radians.
void SetAngularOffset(float32 angularOffset);
float32 GetAngularOffset() const;
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
void SetMaxTorque(float32 torque);
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
float32 GetMaxTorque() const;
/// Set the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
void SetCorrectionFactor(float32 factor);
/// Get the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
float32 GetCorrectionFactor() const;
/// Dump to b2Log
void Dump();
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2MotorJoint(const b2MotorJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_linearOffset;
float32 m_angularOffset;
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
float32 m_angularImpulse;
float32 m_maxForce;
float32 m_maxTorque;
float32 m_correctionFactor;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
b2Vec2 m_linearError;
float32 m_angularError;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
float32 m_angularMass;
};
#endif
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
#define B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Mouse joint definition. This requires a world target point,
/// tuning parameters, and the time step.
struct b2MouseJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2MouseJointDef()
{
type = e_mouseJoint;
target.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
maxForce = 0.0f;
frequencyHz = 5.0f;
dampingRatio = 0.7f;
}
/// The initial world target point. This is assumed
/// to coincide with the body anchor initially.
b2Vec2 target;
/// The maximum constraint force that can be exerted
/// to move the candidate body. Usually you will express
/// as some multiple of the weight (multiplier * mass * gravity).
float32 maxForce;
/// The response speed.
float32 frequencyHz;
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
float32 dampingRatio;
};
/// A mouse joint is used to make a point on a body track a
/// specified world point. This a soft constraint with a maximum
/// force. This allows the constraint to stretch and without
/// applying huge forces.
/// NOTE: this joint is not documented in the manual because it was
/// developed to be used in the testbed. If you want to learn how to
/// use the mouse joint, look at the testbed.
class b2MouseJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
/// Implements b2Joint.
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
/// Implements b2Joint.
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
/// Implements b2Joint.
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// Implements b2Joint.
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// Use this to update the target point.
void SetTarget(const b2Vec2& target);
const b2Vec2& GetTarget() const;
/// Set/get the maximum force in Newtons.
void SetMaxForce(float32 force);
float32 GetMaxForce() const;
/// Set/get the frequency in Hertz.
void SetFrequency(float32 hz);
float32 GetFrequency() const;
/// Set/get the damping ratio (dimensionless).
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
float32 GetDampingRatio() const;
/// The mouse joint does not support dumping.
void Dump() { b2Log("Mouse joint dumping is not supported.\n"); }
/// Implement b2Joint::ShiftOrigin
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2MouseJoint(const b2MouseJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
b2Vec2 m_targetA;
float32 m_frequencyHz;
float32 m_dampingRatio;
float32 m_beta;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_impulse;
float32 m_maxForce;
float32 m_gamma;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIB;
b2Mat22 m_mass;
b2Vec2 m_C;
};
#endif
@@ -1,629 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2PrismaticJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
// Linear constraint (point-to-line)
// d = p2 - p1 = x2 + r2 - x1 - r1
// C = dot(perp, d)
// Cdot = dot(d, cross(w1, perp)) + dot(perp, v2 + cross(w2, r2) - v1 - cross(w1, r1))
// = -dot(perp, v1) - dot(cross(d + r1, perp), w1) + dot(perp, v2) + dot(cross(r2, perp), v2)
// J = [-perp, -cross(d + r1, perp), perp, cross(r2,perp)]
//
// Angular constraint
// C = a2 - a1 + a_initial
// Cdot = w2 - w1
// J = [0 0 -1 0 0 1]
//
// K = J * invM * JT
//
// J = [-a -s1 a s2]
// [0 -1 0 1]
// a = perp
// s1 = cross(d + r1, a) = cross(p2 - x1, a)
// s2 = cross(r2, a) = cross(p2 - x2, a)
// Motor/Limit linear constraint
// C = dot(ax1, d)
// Cdot = = -dot(ax1, v1) - dot(cross(d + r1, ax1), w1) + dot(ax1, v2) + dot(cross(r2, ax1), v2)
// J = [-ax1 -cross(d+r1,ax1) ax1 cross(r2,ax1)]
// Block Solver
// We develop a block solver that includes the joint limit. This makes the limit stiff (inelastic) even
// when the mass has poor distribution (leading to large torques about the joint anchor points).
//
// The Jacobian has 3 rows:
// J = [-uT -s1 uT s2] // linear
// [0 -1 0 1] // angular
// [-vT -a1 vT a2] // limit
//
// u = perp
// v = axis
// s1 = cross(d + r1, u), s2 = cross(r2, u)
// a1 = cross(d + r1, v), a2 = cross(r2, v)
// M * (v2 - v1) = JT * df
// J * v2 = bias
//
// v2 = v1 + invM * JT * df
// J * (v1 + invM * JT * df) = bias
// K * df = bias - J * v1 = -Cdot
// K = J * invM * JT
// Cdot = J * v1 - bias
//
// Now solve for f2.
// df = f2 - f1
// K * (f2 - f1) = -Cdot
// f2 = invK * (-Cdot) + f1
//
// Clamp accumulated limit impulse.
// lower: f2(3) = max(f2(3), 0)
// upper: f2(3) = min(f2(3), 0)
//
// Solve for correct f2(1:2)
// K(1:2, 1:2) * f2(1:2) = -Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * f2(3) + K(1:2,1:3) * f1
// = -Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * f2(3) + K(1:2,1:2) * f1(1:2) + K(1:2,3) * f1(3)
// K(1:2, 1:2) * f2(1:2) = -Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * (f2(3) - f1(3)) + K(1:2,1:2) * f1(1:2)
// f2(1:2) = invK(1:2,1:2) * (-Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * (f2(3) - f1(3))) + f1(1:2)
//
// Now compute impulse to be applied:
// df = f2 - f1
void b2PrismaticJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* bA, b2Body* bB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis)
{
bodyA = bA;
bodyB = bB;
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
localAxisA = bodyA->GetLocalVector(axis);
referenceAngle = bodyB->GetAngle() - bodyA->GetAngle();
}
b2PrismaticJoint::b2PrismaticJoint(const b2PrismaticJointDef* def)
: b2Joint(def)
{
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
m_localXAxisA = def->localAxisA;
m_localXAxisA.Normalize();
m_localYAxisA = b2Cross(1.0f, m_localXAxisA);
m_referenceAngle = def->referenceAngle;
m_impulse.SetZero();
m_motorMass = 0.0f;
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
m_lowerTranslation = def->lowerTranslation;
m_upperTranslation = def->upperTranslation;
m_maxMotorForce = def->maxMotorForce;
m_motorSpeed = def->motorSpeed;
m_enableLimit = def->enableLimit;
m_enableMotor = def->enableMotor;
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
m_axis.SetZero();
m_perp.SetZero();
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
// Compute the effective masses.
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
b2Vec2 d = (cB - cA) + rB - rA;
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
// Compute motor Jacobian and effective mass.
{
m_axis = b2Mul(qA, m_localXAxisA);
m_a1 = b2Cross(d + rA, m_axis);
m_a2 = b2Cross(rB, m_axis);
m_motorMass = mA + mB + iA * m_a1 * m_a1 + iB * m_a2 * m_a2;
if (m_motorMass > 0.0f)
{
m_motorMass = 1.0f / m_motorMass;
}
}
// Prismatic constraint.
{
m_perp = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
m_s1 = b2Cross(d + rA, m_perp);
m_s2 = b2Cross(rB, m_perp);
float32 s1test;
s1test = b2Cross(rA, m_perp);
float32 k11 = mA + mB + iA * m_s1 * m_s1 + iB * m_s2 * m_s2;
float32 k12 = iA * m_s1 + iB * m_s2;
float32 k13 = iA * m_s1 * m_a1 + iB * m_s2 * m_a2;
float32 k22 = iA + iB;
if (k22 == 0.0f)
{
// For bodies with fixed rotation.
k22 = 1.0f;
}
float32 k23 = iA * m_a1 + iB * m_a2;
float32 k33 = mA + mB + iA * m_a1 * m_a1 + iB * m_a2 * m_a2;
m_K.ex.Set(k11, k12, k13);
m_K.ey.Set(k12, k22, k23);
m_K.ez.Set(k13, k23, k33);
}
// Compute motor and limit terms.
if (m_enableLimit)
{
float32 jointTranslation = b2Dot(m_axis, d);
if (b2Abs(m_upperTranslation - m_lowerTranslation) < 2.0f * b2_linearSlop)
{
m_limitState = e_equalLimits;
}
else if (jointTranslation <= m_lowerTranslation)
{
if (m_limitState != e_atLowerLimit)
{
m_limitState = e_atLowerLimit;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
}
else if (jointTranslation >= m_upperTranslation)
{
if (m_limitState != e_atUpperLimit)
{
m_limitState = e_atUpperLimit;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
}
else
{
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
}
else
{
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
if (m_enableMotor == false)
{
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
}
if (data.step.warmStarting)
{
// Account for variable time step.
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
m_motorImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse.x * m_perp + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_axis;
float32 LA = m_impulse.x * m_s1 + m_impulse.y + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_a1;
float32 LB = m_impulse.x * m_s2 + m_impulse.y + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_a2;
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * LA;
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * LB;
}
else
{
m_impulse.SetZero();
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
// Solve linear motor constraint.
if (m_enableMotor && m_limitState != e_equalLimits)
{
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_axis, vB - vA) + m_a2 * wB - m_a1 * wA;
float32 impulse = m_motorMass * (m_motorSpeed - Cdot);
float32 oldImpulse = m_motorImpulse;
float32 maxImpulse = data.step.dt * m_maxMotorForce;
m_motorImpulse = b2Clamp(m_motorImpulse + impulse, -maxImpulse, maxImpulse);
impulse = m_motorImpulse - oldImpulse;
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_axis;
float32 LA = impulse * m_a1;
float32 LB = impulse * m_a2;
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * LA;
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * LB;
}
b2Vec2 Cdot1;
Cdot1.x = b2Dot(m_perp, vB - vA) + m_s2 * wB - m_s1 * wA;
Cdot1.y = wB - wA;
if (m_enableLimit && m_limitState != e_inactiveLimit)
{
// Solve prismatic and limit constraint in block form.
float32 Cdot2;
Cdot2 = b2Dot(m_axis, vB - vA) + m_a2 * wB - m_a1 * wA;
b2Vec3 Cdot(Cdot1.x, Cdot1.y, Cdot2);
b2Vec3 f1 = m_impulse;
b2Vec3 df = m_K.Solve33(-Cdot);
m_impulse += df;
if (m_limitState == e_atLowerLimit)
{
m_impulse.z = b2Max(m_impulse.z, 0.0f);
}
else if (m_limitState == e_atUpperLimit)
{
m_impulse.z = b2Min(m_impulse.z, 0.0f);
}
// f2(1:2) = invK(1:2,1:2) * (-Cdot(1:2) - K(1:2,3) * (f2(3) - f1(3))) + f1(1:2)
b2Vec2 b = -Cdot1 - (m_impulse.z - f1.z) * b2Vec2(m_K.ez.x, m_K.ez.y);
b2Vec2 f2r = m_K.Solve22(b) + b2Vec2(f1.x, f1.y);
m_impulse.x = f2r.x;
m_impulse.y = f2r.y;
df = m_impulse - f1;
b2Vec2 P = df.x * m_perp + df.z * m_axis;
float32 LA = df.x * m_s1 + df.y + df.z * m_a1;
float32 LB = df.x * m_s2 + df.y + df.z * m_a2;
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * LA;
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * LB;
}
else
{
// Limit is inactive, just solve the prismatic constraint in block form.
b2Vec2 df = m_K.Solve22(-Cdot1);
m_impulse.x += df.x;
m_impulse.y += df.y;
b2Vec2 P = df.x * m_perp;
float32 LA = df.x * m_s1 + df.y;
float32 LB = df.x * m_s2 + df.y;
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * LA;
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * LB;
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
bool b2PrismaticJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
// Compute fresh Jacobians
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
b2Vec2 d = cB + rB - cA - rA;
b2Vec2 axis = b2Mul(qA, m_localXAxisA);
float32 a1 = b2Cross(d + rA, axis);
float32 a2 = b2Cross(rB, axis);
b2Vec2 perp = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
float32 s1 = b2Cross(d + rA, perp);
float32 s2 = b2Cross(rB, perp);
b2Vec3 impulse;
b2Vec2 C1;
C1.x = b2Dot(perp, d);
C1.y = aB - aA - m_referenceAngle;
float32 linearError = b2Abs(C1.x);
float32 angularError = b2Abs(C1.y);
bool active = false;
float32 C2 = 0.0f;
if (m_enableLimit)
{
float32 translation = b2Dot(axis, d);
if (b2Abs(m_upperTranslation - m_lowerTranslation) < 2.0f * b2_linearSlop)
{
// Prevent large angular corrections
C2 = b2Clamp(translation, -b2_maxLinearCorrection, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
linearError = b2Max(linearError, b2Abs(translation));
active = true;
}
else if (translation <= m_lowerTranslation)
{
// Prevent large linear corrections and allow some slop.
C2 = b2Clamp(translation - m_lowerTranslation + b2_linearSlop, -b2_maxLinearCorrection, 0.0f);
linearError = b2Max(linearError, m_lowerTranslation - translation);
active = true;
}
else if (translation >= m_upperTranslation)
{
// Prevent large linear corrections and allow some slop.
C2 = b2Clamp(translation - m_upperTranslation - b2_linearSlop, 0.0f, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
linearError = b2Max(linearError, translation - m_upperTranslation);
active = true;
}
}
if (active)
{
float32 k11 = mA + mB + iA * s1 * s1 + iB * s2 * s2;
float32 k12 = iA * s1 + iB * s2;
float32 k13 = iA * s1 * a1 + iB * s2 * a2;
float32 k22 = iA + iB;
if (k22 == 0.0f)
{
// For fixed rotation
k22 = 1.0f;
}
float32 k23 = iA * a1 + iB * a2;
float32 k33 = mA + mB + iA * a1 * a1 + iB * a2 * a2;
b2Mat33 K;
K.ex.Set(k11, k12, k13);
K.ey.Set(k12, k22, k23);
K.ez.Set(k13, k23, k33);
b2Vec3 C;
C.x = C1.x;
C.y = C1.y;
C.z = C2;
impulse = K.Solve33(-C);
}
else
{
float32 k11 = mA + mB + iA * s1 * s1 + iB * s2 * s2;
float32 k12 = iA * s1 + iB * s2;
float32 k22 = iA + iB;
if (k22 == 0.0f)
{
k22 = 1.0f;
}
b2Mat22 K;
K.ex.Set(k11, k12);
K.ey.Set(k12, k22);
b2Vec2 impulse1 = K.Solve(-C1);
impulse.x = impulse1.x;
impulse.y = impulse1.y;
impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
b2Vec2 P = impulse.x * perp + impulse.z * axis;
float32 LA = impulse.x * s1 + impulse.y + impulse.z * a1;
float32 LB = impulse.x * s2 + impulse.y + impulse.z * a2;
cA -= mA * P;
aA -= iA * LA;
cB += mB * P;
aB += iB * LB;
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
return linearError <= b2_linearSlop && angularError <= b2_angularSlop;
}
b2Vec2 b2PrismaticJoint::GetAnchorA() const
{
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
}
b2Vec2 b2PrismaticJoint::GetAnchorB() const
{
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
}
b2Vec2 b2PrismaticJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * (m_impulse.x * m_perp + (m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z) * m_axis);
}
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * m_impulse.y;
}
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetJointTranslation() const
{
b2Vec2 pA = m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
b2Vec2 pB = m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
b2Vec2 d = pB - pA;
b2Vec2 axis = m_bodyA->GetWorldVector(m_localXAxisA);
float32 translation = b2Dot(d, axis);
return translation;
}
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetJointSpeed() const
{
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(bA->m_xf.q, m_localAnchorA - bA->m_sweep.localCenter);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(bB->m_xf.q, m_localAnchorB - bB->m_sweep.localCenter);
b2Vec2 p1 = bA->m_sweep.c + rA;
b2Vec2 p2 = bB->m_sweep.c + rB;
b2Vec2 d = p2 - p1;
b2Vec2 axis = b2Mul(bA->m_xf.q, m_localXAxisA);
b2Vec2 vA = bA->m_linearVelocity;
b2Vec2 vB = bB->m_linearVelocity;
float32 wA = bA->m_angularVelocity;
float32 wB = bB->m_angularVelocity;
float32 speed = b2Dot(d, b2Cross(wA, axis)) + b2Dot(axis, vB + b2Cross(wB, rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, rA));
return speed;
}
bool b2PrismaticJoint::IsLimitEnabled() const
{
return m_enableLimit;
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::EnableLimit(bool flag)
{
if (flag != m_enableLimit)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_enableLimit = flag;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
}
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetLowerLimit() const
{
return m_lowerTranslation;
}
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetUpperLimit() const
{
return m_upperTranslation;
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper)
{
b2Assert(lower <= upper);
if (lower != m_lowerTranslation || upper != m_upperTranslation)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_lowerTranslation = lower;
m_upperTranslation = upper;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
}
bool b2PrismaticJoint::IsMotorEnabled() const
{
return m_enableMotor;
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::EnableMotor(bool flag)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_enableMotor = flag;
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_motorSpeed = speed;
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::SetMaxMotorForce(float32 force)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_maxMotorForce = force;
}
float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetMotorForce(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
}
void b2PrismaticJoint::Dump()
{
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
b2Log(" b2PrismaticJointDef jd;\n");
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
b2Log(" jd.localAxisA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localXAxisA.x, m_localXAxisA.y);
b2Log(" jd.referenceAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_referenceAngle);
b2Log(" jd.enableLimit = bool(%d);\n", m_enableLimit);
b2Log(" jd.lowerTranslation = %.15lef;\n", m_lowerTranslation);
b2Log(" jd.upperTranslation = %.15lef;\n", m_upperTranslation);
b2Log(" jd.enableMotor = bool(%d);\n", m_enableMotor);
b2Log(" jd.motorSpeed = %.15lef;\n", m_motorSpeed);
b2Log(" jd.maxMotorForce = %.15lef;\n", m_maxMotorForce);
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
}
@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RevoluteJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
// Point-to-point constraint
// C = p2 - p1
// Cdot = v2 - v1
// = v2 + cross(w2, r2) - v1 - cross(w1, r1)
// J = [-I -r1_skew I r2_skew ]
// Identity used:
// w k % (rx i + ry j) = w * (-ry i + rx j)
// Motor constraint
// Cdot = w2 - w1
// J = [0 0 -1 0 0 1]
// K = invI1 + invI2
void b2RevoluteJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* bA, b2Body* bB, const b2Vec2& anchor)
{
bodyA = bA;
bodyB = bB;
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
referenceAngle = bodyB->GetAngle() - bodyA->GetAngle();
}
b2RevoluteJoint::b2RevoluteJoint(const b2RevoluteJointDef* def)
: b2Joint(def)
{
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
m_referenceAngle = def->referenceAngle;
m_impulse.SetZero();
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
m_lowerAngle = def->lowerAngle;
m_upperAngle = def->upperAngle;
m_maxMotorTorque = def->maxMotorTorque;
m_motorSpeed = def->motorSpeed;
m_enableLimit = def->enableLimit;
m_enableMotor = def->enableMotor;
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
m_rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
m_rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
// J = [-I -r1_skew I r2_skew]
// [ 0 -1 0 1]
// r_skew = [-ry; rx]
// Matlab
// K = [ mA+r1y^2*iA+mB+r2y^2*iB, -r1y*iA*r1x-r2y*iB*r2x, -r1y*iA-r2y*iB]
// [ -r1y*iA*r1x-r2y*iB*r2x, mA+r1x^2*iA+mB+r2x^2*iB, r1x*iA+r2x*iB]
// [ -r1y*iA-r2y*iB, r1x*iA+r2x*iB, iA+iB]
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
bool fixedRotation = (iA + iB == 0.0f);
m_mass.ex.x = mA + mB + m_rA.y * m_rA.y * iA + m_rB.y * m_rB.y * iB;
m_mass.ey.x = -m_rA.y * m_rA.x * iA - m_rB.y * m_rB.x * iB;
m_mass.ez.x = -m_rA.y * iA - m_rB.y * iB;
m_mass.ex.y = m_mass.ey.x;
m_mass.ey.y = mA + mB + m_rA.x * m_rA.x * iA + m_rB.x * m_rB.x * iB;
m_mass.ez.y = m_rA.x * iA + m_rB.x * iB;
m_mass.ex.z = m_mass.ez.x;
m_mass.ey.z = m_mass.ez.y;
m_mass.ez.z = iA + iB;
m_motorMass = iA + iB;
if (m_motorMass > 0.0f)
{
m_motorMass = 1.0f / m_motorMass;
}
if (m_enableMotor == false || fixedRotation)
{
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
}
if (m_enableLimit && fixedRotation == false)
{
float32 jointAngle = aB - aA - m_referenceAngle;
if (b2Abs(m_upperAngle - m_lowerAngle) < 2.0f * b2_angularSlop)
{
m_limitState = e_equalLimits;
}
else if (jointAngle <= m_lowerAngle)
{
if (m_limitState != e_atLowerLimit)
{
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
m_limitState = e_atLowerLimit;
}
else if (jointAngle >= m_upperAngle)
{
if (m_limitState != e_atUpperLimit)
{
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
m_limitState = e_atUpperLimit;
}
else
{
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
}
else
{
m_limitState = e_inactiveLimit;
}
if (data.step.warmStarting)
{
// Scale impulses to support a variable time step.
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
m_motorImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
b2Vec2 P(m_impulse.x, m_impulse.y);
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(m_rA, P) + m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z);
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * (b2Cross(m_rB, P) + m_motorImpulse + m_impulse.z);
}
else
{
m_impulse.SetZero();
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
bool fixedRotation = (iA + iB == 0.0f);
// Solve motor constraint.
if (m_enableMotor && m_limitState != e_equalLimits && fixedRotation == false)
{
float32 Cdot = wB - wA - m_motorSpeed;
float32 impulse = -m_motorMass * Cdot;
float32 oldImpulse = m_motorImpulse;
float32 maxImpulse = data.step.dt * m_maxMotorTorque;
m_motorImpulse = b2Clamp(m_motorImpulse + impulse, -maxImpulse, maxImpulse);
impulse = m_motorImpulse - oldImpulse;
wA -= iA * impulse;
wB += iB * impulse;
}
// Solve limit constraint.
if (m_enableLimit && m_limitState != e_inactiveLimit && fixedRotation == false)
{
b2Vec2 Cdot1 = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
float32 Cdot2 = wB - wA;
b2Vec3 Cdot(Cdot1.x, Cdot1.y, Cdot2);
b2Vec3 impulse = -m_mass.Solve33(Cdot);
if (m_limitState == e_equalLimits)
{
m_impulse += impulse;
}
else if (m_limitState == e_atLowerLimit)
{
float32 newImpulse = m_impulse.z + impulse.z;
if (newImpulse < 0.0f)
{
b2Vec2 rhs = -Cdot1 + m_impulse.z * b2Vec2(m_mass.ez.x, m_mass.ez.y);
b2Vec2 reduced = m_mass.Solve22(rhs);
impulse.x = reduced.x;
impulse.y = reduced.y;
impulse.z = -m_impulse.z;
m_impulse.x += reduced.x;
m_impulse.y += reduced.y;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
else
{
m_impulse += impulse;
}
}
else if (m_limitState == e_atUpperLimit)
{
float32 newImpulse = m_impulse.z + impulse.z;
if (newImpulse > 0.0f)
{
b2Vec2 rhs = -Cdot1 + m_impulse.z * b2Vec2(m_mass.ez.x, m_mass.ez.y);
b2Vec2 reduced = m_mass.Solve22(rhs);
impulse.x = reduced.x;
impulse.y = reduced.y;
impulse.z = -m_impulse.z;
m_impulse.x += reduced.x;
m_impulse.y += reduced.y;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
else
{
m_impulse += impulse;
}
}
b2Vec2 P(impulse.x, impulse.y);
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * (b2Cross(m_rA, P) + impulse.z);
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * (b2Cross(m_rB, P) + impulse.z);
}
else
{
// Solve point-to-point constraint
b2Vec2 Cdot = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB) - vA - b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
b2Vec2 impulse = m_mass.Solve22(-Cdot);
m_impulse.x += impulse.x;
m_impulse.y += impulse.y;
vA -= mA * impulse;
wA -= iA * b2Cross(m_rA, impulse);
vB += mB * impulse;
wB += iB * b2Cross(m_rB, impulse);
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
bool b2RevoluteJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
float32 angularError = 0.0f;
float32 positionError = 0.0f;
bool fixedRotation = (m_invIA + m_invIB == 0.0f);
// Solve angular limit constraint.
if (m_enableLimit && m_limitState != e_inactiveLimit && fixedRotation == false)
{
float32 angle = aB - aA - m_referenceAngle;
float32 limitImpulse = 0.0f;
if (m_limitState == e_equalLimits)
{
// Prevent large angular corrections
float32 C = b2Clamp(angle - m_lowerAngle, -b2_maxAngularCorrection, b2_maxAngularCorrection);
limitImpulse = -m_motorMass * C;
angularError = b2Abs(C);
}
else if (m_limitState == e_atLowerLimit)
{
float32 C = angle - m_lowerAngle;
angularError = -C;
// Prevent large angular corrections and allow some slop.
C = b2Clamp(C + b2_angularSlop, -b2_maxAngularCorrection, 0.0f);
limitImpulse = -m_motorMass * C;
}
else if (m_limitState == e_atUpperLimit)
{
float32 C = angle - m_upperAngle;
angularError = C;
// Prevent large angular corrections and allow some slop.
C = b2Clamp(C - b2_angularSlop, 0.0f, b2_maxAngularCorrection);
limitImpulse = -m_motorMass * C;
}
aA -= m_invIA * limitImpulse;
aB += m_invIB * limitImpulse;
}
// Solve point-to-point constraint.
{
qA.Set(aA);
qB.Set(aB);
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
b2Vec2 C = cB + rB - cA - rA;
positionError = C.Length();
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
b2Mat22 K;
K.ex.x = mA + mB + iA * rA.y * rA.y + iB * rB.y * rB.y;
K.ex.y = -iA * rA.x * rA.y - iB * rB.x * rB.y;
K.ey.x = K.ex.y;
K.ey.y = mA + mB + iA * rA.x * rA.x + iB * rB.x * rB.x;
b2Vec2 impulse = -K.Solve(C);
cA -= mA * impulse;
aA -= iA * b2Cross(rA, impulse);
cB += mB * impulse;
aB += iB * b2Cross(rB, impulse);
}
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
return positionError <= b2_linearSlop && angularError <= b2_angularSlop;
}
b2Vec2 b2RevoluteJoint::GetAnchorA() const
{
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
}
b2Vec2 b2RevoluteJoint::GetAnchorB() const
{
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
}
b2Vec2 b2RevoluteJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
{
b2Vec2 P(m_impulse.x, m_impulse.y);
return inv_dt * P;
}
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * m_impulse.z;
}
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetJointAngle() const
{
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
return bB->m_sweep.a - bA->m_sweep.a - m_referenceAngle;
}
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetJointSpeed() const
{
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
return bB->m_angularVelocity - bA->m_angularVelocity;
}
bool b2RevoluteJoint::IsMotorEnabled() const
{
return m_enableMotor;
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::EnableMotor(bool flag)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_enableMotor = flag;
}
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_motorSpeed = speed;
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_maxMotorTorque = torque;
}
bool b2RevoluteJoint::IsLimitEnabled() const
{
return m_enableLimit;
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::EnableLimit(bool flag)
{
if (flag != m_enableLimit)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_enableLimit = flag;
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
}
}
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetLowerLimit() const
{
return m_lowerAngle;
}
float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetUpperLimit() const
{
return m_upperAngle;
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper)
{
b2Assert(lower <= upper);
if (lower != m_lowerAngle || upper != m_upperAngle)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_impulse.z = 0.0f;
m_lowerAngle = lower;
m_upperAngle = upper;
}
}
void b2RevoluteJoint::Dump()
{
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
b2Log(" b2RevoluteJointDef jd;\n");
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
b2Log(" jd.referenceAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_referenceAngle);
b2Log(" jd.enableLimit = bool(%d);\n", m_enableLimit);
b2Log(" jd.lowerAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_lowerAngle);
b2Log(" jd.upperAngle = %.15lef;\n", m_upperAngle);
b2Log(" jd.enableMotor = bool(%d);\n", m_enableMotor);
b2Log(" jd.motorSpeed = %.15lef;\n", m_motorSpeed);
b2Log(" jd.maxMotorTorque = %.15lef;\n", m_maxMotorTorque);
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
}
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2007-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2RopeJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
// Limit:
// C = norm(pB - pA) - L
// u = (pB - pA) / norm(pB - pA)
// Cdot = dot(u, vB + cross(wB, rB) - vA - cross(wA, rA))
// J = [-u -cross(rA, u) u cross(rB, u)]
// K = J * invM * JT
// = invMassA + invIA * cross(rA, u)^2 + invMassB + invIB * cross(rB, u)^2
b2RopeJoint::b2RopeJoint(const b2RopeJointDef* def)
: b2Joint(def)
{
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
m_maxLength = def->maxLength;
m_mass = 0.0f;
m_impulse = 0.0f;
m_state = e_inactiveLimit;
m_length = 0.0f;
}
void b2RopeJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
m_rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
m_rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
m_u = cB + m_rB - cA - m_rA;
m_length = m_u.Length();
float32 C = m_length - m_maxLength;
if (C > 0.0f)
{
m_state = e_atUpperLimit;
}
else
{
m_state = e_inactiveLimit;
}
if (m_length > b2_linearSlop)
{
m_u *= 1.0f / m_length;
}
else
{
m_u.SetZero();
m_mass = 0.0f;
m_impulse = 0.0f;
return;
}
// Compute effective mass.
float32 crA = b2Cross(m_rA, m_u);
float32 crB = b2Cross(m_rB, m_u);
float32 invMass = m_invMassA + m_invIA * crA * crA + m_invMassB + m_invIB * crB * crB;
m_mass = invMass != 0.0f ? 1.0f / invMass : 0.0f;
if (data.step.warmStarting)
{
// Scale the impulse to support a variable time step.
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse * m_u;
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
vB += m_invMassB * P;
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
}
else
{
m_impulse = 0.0f;
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
void b2RopeJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
// Cdot = dot(u, v + cross(w, r))
b2Vec2 vpA = vA + b2Cross(wA, m_rA);
b2Vec2 vpB = vB + b2Cross(wB, m_rB);
float32 C = m_length - m_maxLength;
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_u, vpB - vpA);
// Predictive constraint.
if (C < 0.0f)
{
Cdot += data.step.inv_dt * C;
}
float32 impulse = -m_mass * Cdot;
float32 oldImpulse = m_impulse;
m_impulse = b2Min(0.0f, m_impulse + impulse);
impulse = m_impulse - oldImpulse;
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_u;
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
wA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(m_rA, P);
vB += m_invMassB * P;
wB += m_invIB * b2Cross(m_rB, P);
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
bool b2RopeJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
b2Vec2 u = cB + rB - cA - rA;
float32 length = u.Normalize();
float32 C = length - m_maxLength;
C = b2Clamp(C, 0.0f, b2_maxLinearCorrection);
float32 impulse = -m_mass * C;
b2Vec2 P = impulse * u;
cA -= m_invMassA * P;
aA -= m_invIA * b2Cross(rA, P);
cB += m_invMassB * P;
aB += m_invIB * b2Cross(rB, P);
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
return length - m_maxLength < b2_linearSlop;
}
b2Vec2 b2RopeJoint::GetAnchorA() const
{
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
}
b2Vec2 b2RopeJoint::GetAnchorB() const
{
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
}
b2Vec2 b2RopeJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
{
b2Vec2 F = (inv_dt * m_impulse) * m_u;
return F;
}
float32 b2RopeJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
{
B2_NOT_USED(inv_dt);
return 0.0f;
}
float32 b2RopeJoint::GetMaxLength() const
{
return m_maxLength;
}
b2LimitState b2RopeJoint::GetLimitState() const
{
return m_state;
}
void b2RopeJoint::Dump()
{
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
b2Log(" b2RopeJointDef jd;\n");
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
b2Log(" jd.maxLength = %.15lef;\n", m_maxLength);
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
}
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_ROPE_JOINT_H
#define B2_ROPE_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Rope joint definition. This requires two body anchor points and
/// a maximum lengths.
/// Note: by default the connected objects will not collide.
/// see collideConnected in b2JointDef.
struct b2RopeJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2RopeJointDef()
{
type = e_ropeJoint;
localAnchorA.Set(-1.0f, 0.0f);
localAnchorB.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
maxLength = 0.0f;
}
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The maximum length of the rope.
/// Warning: this must be larger than b2_linearSlop or
/// the joint will have no effect.
float32 maxLength;
};
/// A rope joint enforces a maximum distance between two points
/// on two bodies. It has no other effect.
/// Warning: if you attempt to change the maximum length during
/// the simulation you will get some non-physical behavior.
/// A model that would allow you to dynamically modify the length
/// would have some sponginess, so I chose not to implement it
/// that way. See b2DistanceJoint if you want to dynamically
/// control length.
class b2RopeJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// Set/Get the maximum length of the rope.
void SetMaxLength(float32 length) { m_maxLength = length; }
float32 GetMaxLength() const;
b2LimitState GetLimitState() const;
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump();
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2RopeJoint(const b2RopeJointDef* data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
float32 m_maxLength;
float32 m_length;
float32 m_impulse;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_u;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
float32 m_mass;
b2LimitState m_state;
};
#endif
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_WELD_JOINT_H
#define B2_WELD_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Weld joint definition. You need to specify local anchor points
/// where they are attached and the relative body angle. The position
/// of the anchor points is important for computing the reaction torque.
struct b2WeldJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2WeldJointDef()
{
type = e_weldJoint;
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
referenceAngle = 0.0f;
frequencyHz = 0.0f;
dampingRatio = 0.0f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and reference angle using a world
/// anchor point.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in the reference state (radians).
float32 referenceAngle;
/// The mass-spring-damper frequency in Hertz. Rotation only.
/// Disable softness with a value of 0.
float32 frequencyHz;
/// The damping ratio. 0 = no damping, 1 = critical damping.
float32 dampingRatio;
};
/// A weld joint essentially glues two bodies together. A weld joint may
/// distort somewhat because the island constraint solver is approximate.
class b2WeldJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// Get the reference angle.
float32 GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
/// Set/get frequency in Hz.
void SetFrequency(float32 hz) { m_frequencyHz = hz; }
float32 GetFrequency() const { return m_frequencyHz; }
/// Set/get damping ratio.
void SetDampingRatio(float32 ratio) { m_dampingRatio = ratio; }
float32 GetDampingRatio() const { return m_dampingRatio; }
/// Dump to b2Log
void Dump();
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2WeldJoint(const b2WeldJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
float32 m_frequencyHz;
float32 m_dampingRatio;
float32 m_bias;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
float32 m_referenceAngle;
float32 m_gamma;
b2Vec3 m_impulse;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
b2Mat33 m_mass;
};
#endif
@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2WheelJoint.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2TimeStep.h>
// Linear constraint (point-to-line)
// d = pB - pA = xB + rB - xA - rA
// C = dot(ay, d)
// Cdot = dot(d, cross(wA, ay)) + dot(ay, vB + cross(wB, rB) - vA - cross(wA, rA))
// = -dot(ay, vA) - dot(cross(d + rA, ay), wA) + dot(ay, vB) + dot(cross(rB, ay), vB)
// J = [-ay, -cross(d + rA, ay), ay, cross(rB, ay)]
// Spring linear constraint
// C = dot(ax, d)
// Cdot = = -dot(ax, vA) - dot(cross(d + rA, ax), wA) + dot(ax, vB) + dot(cross(rB, ax), vB)
// J = [-ax -cross(d+rA, ax) ax cross(rB, ax)]
// Motor rotational constraint
// Cdot = wB - wA
// J = [0 0 -1 0 0 1]
void b2WheelJointDef::Initialize(b2Body* bA, b2Body* bB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis)
{
bodyA = bA;
bodyB = bB;
localAnchorA = bodyA->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
localAnchorB = bodyB->GetLocalPoint(anchor);
localAxisA = bodyA->GetLocalVector(axis);
}
b2WheelJoint::b2WheelJoint(const b2WheelJointDef* def)
: b2Joint(def)
{
m_localAnchorA = def->localAnchorA;
m_localAnchorB = def->localAnchorB;
m_localXAxisA = def->localAxisA;
m_localYAxisA = b2Cross(1.0f, m_localXAxisA);
m_mass = 0.0f;
m_impulse = 0.0f;
m_motorMass = 0.0f;
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
m_springMass = 0.0f;
m_springImpulse = 0.0f;
m_maxMotorTorque = def->maxMotorTorque;
m_motorSpeed = def->motorSpeed;
m_enableMotor = def->enableMotor;
m_frequencyHz = def->frequencyHz;
m_dampingRatio = def->dampingRatio;
m_bias = 0.0f;
m_gamma = 0.0f;
m_ax.SetZero();
m_ay.SetZero();
}
void b2WheelJoint::InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
m_indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
m_indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
m_localCenterA = m_bodyA->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_localCenterB = m_bodyB->m_sweep.localCenter;
m_invMassA = m_bodyA->m_invMass;
m_invMassB = m_bodyB->m_invMass;
m_invIA = m_bodyA->m_invI;
m_invIB = m_bodyB->m_invI;
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
// Compute the effective masses.
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
b2Vec2 d = cB + rB - cA - rA;
// Point to line constraint
{
m_ay = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
m_sAy = b2Cross(d + rA, m_ay);
m_sBy = b2Cross(rB, m_ay);
m_mass = mA + mB + iA * m_sAy * m_sAy + iB * m_sBy * m_sBy;
if (m_mass > 0.0f)
{
m_mass = 1.0f / m_mass;
}
}
// Spring constraint
m_springMass = 0.0f;
m_bias = 0.0f;
m_gamma = 0.0f;
if (m_frequencyHz > 0.0f)
{
m_ax = b2Mul(qA, m_localXAxisA);
m_sAx = b2Cross(d + rA, m_ax);
m_sBx = b2Cross(rB, m_ax);
float32 invMass = mA + mB + iA * m_sAx * m_sAx + iB * m_sBx * m_sBx;
if (invMass > 0.0f)
{
m_springMass = 1.0f / invMass;
float32 C = b2Dot(d, m_ax);
// Frequency
float32 omega = 2.0f * b2_pi * m_frequencyHz;
// Damping coefficient
float32 d = 2.0f * m_springMass * m_dampingRatio * omega;
// Spring stiffness
float32 k = m_springMass * omega * omega;
// magic formulas
float32 h = data.step.dt;
m_gamma = h * (d + h * k);
if (m_gamma > 0.0f)
{
m_gamma = 1.0f / m_gamma;
}
m_bias = C * h * k * m_gamma;
m_springMass = invMass + m_gamma;
if (m_springMass > 0.0f)
{
m_springMass = 1.0f / m_springMass;
}
}
}
else
{
m_springImpulse = 0.0f;
}
// Rotational motor
if (m_enableMotor)
{
m_motorMass = iA + iB;
if (m_motorMass > 0.0f)
{
m_motorMass = 1.0f / m_motorMass;
}
}
else
{
m_motorMass = 0.0f;
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
}
if (data.step.warmStarting)
{
// Account for variable time step.
m_impulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
m_springImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
m_motorImpulse *= data.step.dtRatio;
b2Vec2 P = m_impulse * m_ay + m_springImpulse * m_ax;
float32 LA = m_impulse * m_sAy + m_springImpulse * m_sAx + m_motorImpulse;
float32 LB = m_impulse * m_sBy + m_springImpulse * m_sBx + m_motorImpulse;
vA -= m_invMassA * P;
wA -= m_invIA * LA;
vB += m_invMassB * P;
wB += m_invIB * LB;
}
else
{
m_impulse = 0.0f;
m_springImpulse = 0.0f;
m_motorImpulse = 0.0f;
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
void b2WheelJoint::SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
float32 mA = m_invMassA, mB = m_invMassB;
float32 iA = m_invIA, iB = m_invIB;
b2Vec2 vA = data.velocities[m_indexA].v;
float32 wA = data.velocities[m_indexA].w;
b2Vec2 vB = data.velocities[m_indexB].v;
float32 wB = data.velocities[m_indexB].w;
// Solve spring constraint
{
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_ax, vB - vA) + m_sBx * wB - m_sAx * wA;
float32 impulse = -m_springMass * (Cdot + m_bias + m_gamma * m_springImpulse);
m_springImpulse += impulse;
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_ax;
float32 LA = impulse * m_sAx;
float32 LB = impulse * m_sBx;
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * LA;
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * LB;
}
// Solve rotational motor constraint
{
float32 Cdot = wB - wA - m_motorSpeed;
float32 impulse = -m_motorMass * Cdot;
float32 oldImpulse = m_motorImpulse;
float32 maxImpulse = data.step.dt * m_maxMotorTorque;
m_motorImpulse = b2Clamp(m_motorImpulse + impulse, -maxImpulse, maxImpulse);
impulse = m_motorImpulse - oldImpulse;
wA -= iA * impulse;
wB += iB * impulse;
}
// Solve point to line constraint
{
float32 Cdot = b2Dot(m_ay, vB - vA) + m_sBy * wB - m_sAy * wA;
float32 impulse = -m_mass * Cdot;
m_impulse += impulse;
b2Vec2 P = impulse * m_ay;
float32 LA = impulse * m_sAy;
float32 LB = impulse * m_sBy;
vA -= mA * P;
wA -= iA * LA;
vB += mB * P;
wB += iB * LB;
}
data.velocities[m_indexA].v = vA;
data.velocities[m_indexA].w = wA;
data.velocities[m_indexB].v = vB;
data.velocities[m_indexB].w = wB;
}
bool b2WheelJoint::SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data)
{
b2Vec2 cA = data.positions[m_indexA].c;
float32 aA = data.positions[m_indexA].a;
b2Vec2 cB = data.positions[m_indexB].c;
float32 aB = data.positions[m_indexB].a;
b2Rot qA(aA), qB(aB);
b2Vec2 rA = b2Mul(qA, m_localAnchorA - m_localCenterA);
b2Vec2 rB = b2Mul(qB, m_localAnchorB - m_localCenterB);
b2Vec2 d = (cB - cA) + rB - rA;
b2Vec2 ay = b2Mul(qA, m_localYAxisA);
float32 sAy = b2Cross(d + rA, ay);
float32 sBy = b2Cross(rB, ay);
float32 C = b2Dot(d, ay);
float32 k = m_invMassA + m_invMassB + m_invIA * m_sAy * m_sAy + m_invIB * m_sBy * m_sBy;
float32 impulse;
if (k != 0.0f)
{
impulse = - C / k;
}
else
{
impulse = 0.0f;
}
b2Vec2 P = impulse * ay;
float32 LA = impulse * sAy;
float32 LB = impulse * sBy;
cA -= m_invMassA * P;
aA -= m_invIA * LA;
cB += m_invMassB * P;
aB += m_invIB * LB;
data.positions[m_indexA].c = cA;
data.positions[m_indexA].a = aA;
data.positions[m_indexB].c = cB;
data.positions[m_indexB].a = aB;
return b2Abs(C) <= b2_linearSlop;
}
b2Vec2 b2WheelJoint::GetAnchorA() const
{
return m_bodyA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
}
b2Vec2 b2WheelJoint::GetAnchorB() const
{
return m_bodyB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
}
b2Vec2 b2WheelJoint::GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * (m_impulse * m_ay + m_springImpulse * m_ax);
}
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
}
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetJointTranslation() const
{
b2Body* bA = m_bodyA;
b2Body* bB = m_bodyB;
b2Vec2 pA = bA->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorA);
b2Vec2 pB = bB->GetWorldPoint(m_localAnchorB);
b2Vec2 d = pB - pA;
b2Vec2 axis = bA->GetWorldVector(m_localXAxisA);
float32 translation = b2Dot(d, axis);
return translation;
}
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetJointSpeed() const
{
float32 wA = m_bodyA->m_angularVelocity;
float32 wB = m_bodyB->m_angularVelocity;
return wB - wA;
}
bool b2WheelJoint::IsMotorEnabled() const
{
return m_enableMotor;
}
void b2WheelJoint::EnableMotor(bool flag)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_enableMotor = flag;
}
void b2WheelJoint::SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_motorSpeed = speed;
}
void b2WheelJoint::SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque)
{
m_bodyA->SetAwake(true);
m_bodyB->SetAwake(true);
m_maxMotorTorque = torque;
}
float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const
{
return inv_dt * m_motorImpulse;
}
void b2WheelJoint::Dump()
{
int32 indexA = m_bodyA->m_islandIndex;
int32 indexB = m_bodyB->m_islandIndex;
b2Log(" b2WheelJointDef jd;\n");
b2Log(" jd.bodyA = bodies[%d];\n", indexA);
b2Log(" jd.bodyB = bodies[%d];\n", indexB);
b2Log(" jd.collideConnected = bool(%d);\n", m_collideConnected);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorA.x, m_localAnchorA.y);
b2Log(" jd.localAnchorB.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localAnchorB.x, m_localAnchorB.y);
b2Log(" jd.localAxisA.Set(%.15lef, %.15lef);\n", m_localXAxisA.x, m_localXAxisA.y);
b2Log(" jd.enableMotor = bool(%d);\n", m_enableMotor);
b2Log(" jd.motorSpeed = %.15lef;\n", m_motorSpeed);
b2Log(" jd.maxMotorTorque = %.15lef;\n", m_maxMotorTorque);
b2Log(" jd.frequencyHz = %.15lef;\n", m_frequencyHz);
b2Log(" jd.dampingRatio = %.15lef;\n", m_dampingRatio);
b2Log(" joints[%d] = m_world->CreateJoint(&jd);\n", m_index);
}
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_WHEEL_JOINT_H
#define B2_WHEEL_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
/// Wheel joint definition. This requires defining a line of
/// motion using an axis and an anchor point. The definition uses local
/// anchor points and a local axis so that the initial configuration
/// can violate the constraint slightly. The joint translation is zero
/// when the local anchor points coincide in world space. Using local
/// anchors and a local axis helps when saving and loading a game.
struct b2WheelJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2WheelJointDef()
{
type = e_wheelJoint;
localAnchorA.SetZero();
localAnchorB.SetZero();
localAxisA.Set(1.0f, 0.0f);
enableMotor = false;
maxMotorTorque = 0.0f;
motorSpeed = 0.0f;
frequencyHz = 2.0f;
dampingRatio = 0.7f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
/// anchor and world axis.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor, const b2Vec2& axis);
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The local translation axis in bodyA.
b2Vec2 localAxisA;
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
bool enableMotor;
/// The maximum motor torque, usually in N-m.
float32 maxMotorTorque;
/// The desired motor speed in radians per second.
float32 motorSpeed;
/// Suspension frequency, zero indicates no suspension
float32 frequencyHz;
/// Suspension damping ratio, one indicates critical damping
float32 dampingRatio;
};
/// A wheel joint. This joint provides two degrees of freedom: translation
/// along an axis fixed in bodyA and rotation in the plane. In other words, it is a point to
/// line constraint with a rotational motor and a linear spring/damper.
/// This joint is designed for vehicle suspensions.
class b2WheelJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// The local joint axis relative to bodyA.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAxisA() const { return m_localXAxisA; }
/// Get the current joint translation, usually in meters.
float32 GetJointTranslation() const;
/// Get the current joint translation speed, usually in meters per second.
float32 GetJointSpeed() const;
/// Is the joint motor enabled?
bool IsMotorEnabled() const;
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
void EnableMotor(bool flag);
/// Set the motor speed, usually in radians per second.
void SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed);
/// Get the motor speed, usually in radians per second.
float32 GetMotorSpeed() const;
/// Set/Get the maximum motor force, usually in N-m.
void SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque);
float32 GetMaxMotorTorque() const;
/// Get the current motor torque given the inverse time step, usually in N-m.
float32 GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
/// Set/Get the spring frequency in hertz. Setting the frequency to zero disables the spring.
void SetSpringFrequencyHz(float32 hz);
float32 GetSpringFrequencyHz() const;
/// Set/Get the spring damping ratio
void SetSpringDampingRatio(float32 ratio);
float32 GetSpringDampingRatio() const;
/// Dump to b2Log
void Dump();
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2WheelJoint(const b2WheelJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
float32 m_frequencyHz;
float32 m_dampingRatio;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
b2Vec2 m_localXAxisA;
b2Vec2 m_localYAxisA;
float32 m_impulse;
float32 m_motorImpulse;
float32 m_springImpulse;
float32 m_maxMotorTorque;
float32 m_motorSpeed;
bool m_enableMotor;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
b2Vec2 m_ax, m_ay;
float32 m_sAx, m_sBx;
float32 m_sAy, m_sBy;
float32 m_mass;
float32 m_motorMass;
float32 m_springMass;
float32 m_bias;
float32 m_gamma;
};
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
{
return m_motorSpeed;
}
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetMaxMotorTorque() const
{
return m_maxMotorTorque;
}
inline void b2WheelJoint::SetSpringFrequencyHz(float32 hz)
{
m_frequencyHz = hz;
}
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetSpringFrequencyHz() const
{
return m_frequencyHz;
}
inline void b2WheelJoint::SetSpringDampingRatio(float32 ratio)
{
m_dampingRatio = ratio;
}
inline float32 b2WheelJoint::GetSpringDampingRatio() const
{
return m_dampingRatio;
}
#endif
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
#define B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2BroadPhase.h>
class b2Contact;
class b2ContactFilter;
class b2ContactListener;
class b2BlockAllocator;
// Delegate of b2World.
class b2ContactManager
{
public:
b2ContactManager();
// Broad-phase callback.
void AddPair(void* proxyUserDataA, void* proxyUserDataB);
void FindNewContacts();
void Destroy(b2Contact* c);
void Collide();
b2BroadPhase m_broadPhase;
b2Contact* m_contactList;
int32 m_contactCount;
b2ContactFilter* m_contactFilter;
b2ContactListener* m_contactListener;
b2BlockAllocator* m_allocator;
};
#endif
-70
View File
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_TIME_STEP_H
#define B2_TIME_STEP_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
/// Profiling data. Times are in milliseconds.
struct b2Profile
{
float32 step;
float32 collide;
float32 solve;
float32 solveInit;
float32 solveVelocity;
float32 solvePosition;
float32 broadphase;
float32 solveTOI;
};
/// This is an internal structure.
struct b2TimeStep
{
float32 dt; // time step
float32 inv_dt; // inverse time step (0 if dt == 0).
float32 dtRatio; // dt * inv_dt0
int32 velocityIterations;
int32 positionIterations;
bool warmStarting;
};
/// This is an internal structure.
struct b2Position
{
b2Vec2 c;
float32 a;
};
/// This is an internal structure.
struct b2Velocity
{
b2Vec2 v;
float32 w;
};
/// Solver Data
struct b2SolverData
{
b2TimeStep step;
b2Position* positions;
b2Velocity* velocities;
};
#endif
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2WorldCallbacks.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
// Return true if contact calculations should be performed between these two shapes.
// If you implement your own collision filter you may want to build from this implementation.
bool b2ContactFilter::ShouldCollide(b2Fixture* fixtureA, b2Fixture* fixtureB)
{
const b2Filter& filterA = fixtureA->GetFilterData();
const b2Filter& filterB = fixtureB->GetFilterData();
if (filterA.groupIndex == filterB.groupIndex && filterA.groupIndex != 0)
{
return filterA.groupIndex > 0;
}
bool collide = (filterA.maskBits & filterB.categoryBits) != 0 && (filterA.categoryBits & filterB.maskBits) != 0;
return collide;
}
-259
View File
@@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#include <Box2D/Rope/b2Rope.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Draw.h>
b2Rope::b2Rope()
{
m_count = 0;
m_ps = NULL;
m_p0s = NULL;
m_vs = NULL;
m_ims = NULL;
m_Ls = NULL;
m_as = NULL;
m_gravity.SetZero();
m_k2 = 1.0f;
m_k3 = 0.1f;
}
b2Rope::~b2Rope()
{
b2Free(m_ps);
b2Free(m_p0s);
b2Free(m_vs);
b2Free(m_ims);
b2Free(m_Ls);
b2Free(m_as);
}
void b2Rope::Initialize(const b2RopeDef* def)
{
b2Assert(def->count >= 3);
m_count = def->count;
m_ps = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
m_p0s = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
m_vs = (b2Vec2*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(b2Vec2));
m_ims = (float32*)b2Alloc(m_count * sizeof(float32));
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
{
m_ps[i] = def->vertices[i];
m_p0s[i] = def->vertices[i];
m_vs[i].SetZero();
float32 m = def->masses[i];
if (m > 0.0f)
{
m_ims[i] = 1.0f / m;
}
else
{
m_ims[i] = 0.0f;
}
}
int32 count2 = m_count - 1;
int32 count3 = m_count - 2;
m_Ls = (float32*)b2Alloc(count2 * sizeof(float32));
m_as = (float32*)b2Alloc(count3 * sizeof(float32));
for (int32 i = 0; i < count2; ++i)
{
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i+1];
m_Ls[i] = b2Distance(p1, p2);
}
for (int32 i = 0; i < count3; ++i)
{
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i + 1];
b2Vec2 p3 = m_ps[i + 2];
b2Vec2 d1 = p2 - p1;
b2Vec2 d2 = p3 - p2;
float32 a = b2Cross(d1, d2);
float32 b = b2Dot(d1, d2);
m_as[i] = b2Atan2(a, b);
}
m_gravity = def->gravity;
m_damping = def->damping;
m_k2 = def->k2;
m_k3 = def->k3;
}
void b2Rope::Step(float32 h, int32 iterations)
{
if (h == 0.0)
{
return;
}
float32 d = expf(- h * m_damping);
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
{
m_p0s[i] = m_ps[i];
if (m_ims[i] > 0.0f)
{
m_vs[i] += h * m_gravity;
}
m_vs[i] *= d;
m_ps[i] += h * m_vs[i];
}
for (int32 i = 0; i < iterations; ++i)
{
SolveC2();
SolveC3();
SolveC2();
}
float32 inv_h = 1.0f / h;
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count; ++i)
{
m_vs[i] = inv_h * (m_ps[i] - m_p0s[i]);
}
}
void b2Rope::SolveC2()
{
int32 count2 = m_count - 1;
for (int32 i = 0; i < count2; ++i)
{
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i + 1];
b2Vec2 d = p2 - p1;
float32 L = d.Normalize();
float32 im1 = m_ims[i];
float32 im2 = m_ims[i + 1];
if (im1 + im2 == 0.0f)
{
continue;
}
float32 s1 = im1 / (im1 + im2);
float32 s2 = im2 / (im1 + im2);
p1 -= m_k2 * s1 * (m_Ls[i] - L) * d;
p2 += m_k2 * s2 * (m_Ls[i] - L) * d;
m_ps[i] = p1;
m_ps[i + 1] = p2;
}
}
void b2Rope::SetAngle(float32 angle)
{
int32 count3 = m_count - 2;
for (int32 i = 0; i < count3; ++i)
{
m_as[i] = angle;
}
}
void b2Rope::SolveC3()
{
int32 count3 = m_count - 2;
for (int32 i = 0; i < count3; ++i)
{
b2Vec2 p1 = m_ps[i];
b2Vec2 p2 = m_ps[i + 1];
b2Vec2 p3 = m_ps[i + 2];
float32 m1 = m_ims[i];
float32 m2 = m_ims[i + 1];
float32 m3 = m_ims[i + 2];
b2Vec2 d1 = p2 - p1;
b2Vec2 d2 = p3 - p2;
float32 L1sqr = d1.LengthSquared();
float32 L2sqr = d2.LengthSquared();
if (L1sqr * L2sqr == 0.0f)
{
continue;
}
float32 a = b2Cross(d1, d2);
float32 b = b2Dot(d1, d2);
float32 angle = b2Atan2(a, b);
b2Vec2 Jd1 = (-1.0f / L1sqr) * d1.Skew();
b2Vec2 Jd2 = (1.0f / L2sqr) * d2.Skew();
b2Vec2 J1 = -Jd1;
b2Vec2 J2 = Jd1 - Jd2;
b2Vec2 J3 = Jd2;
float32 mass = m1 * b2Dot(J1, J1) + m2 * b2Dot(J2, J2) + m3 * b2Dot(J3, J3);
if (mass == 0.0f)
{
continue;
}
mass = 1.0f / mass;
float32 C = angle - m_as[i];
while (C > b2_pi)
{
angle -= 2 * b2_pi;
C = angle - m_as[i];
}
while (C < -b2_pi)
{
angle += 2.0f * b2_pi;
C = angle - m_as[i];
}
float32 impulse = - m_k3 * mass * C;
p1 += (m1 * impulse) * J1;
p2 += (m2 * impulse) * J2;
p3 += (m3 * impulse) * J3;
m_ps[i] = p1;
m_ps[i + 1] = p2;
m_ps[i + 2] = p3;
}
}
void b2Rope::Draw(b2Draw* draw) const
{
b2Color c(0.4f, 0.5f, 0.7f);
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_count - 1; ++i)
{
draw->DrawSegment(m_ps[i], m_ps[i+1], c);
}
}
-115
View File
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef B2_ROPE_H
#define B2_ROPE_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
class b2Draw;
///
struct b2RopeDef
{
b2RopeDef()
{
vertices = NULL;
count = 0;
masses = NULL;
gravity.SetZero();
damping = 0.1f;
k2 = 0.9f;
k3 = 0.1f;
}
///
b2Vec2* vertices;
///
int32 count;
///
float32* masses;
///
b2Vec2 gravity;
///
float32 damping;
/// Stretching stiffness
float32 k2;
/// Bending stiffness. Values above 0.5 can make the simulation blow up.
float32 k3;
};
///
class b2Rope
{
public:
b2Rope();
~b2Rope();
///
void Initialize(const b2RopeDef* def);
///
void Step(float32 timeStep, int32 iterations);
///
int32 GetVertexCount() const
{
return m_count;
}
///
const b2Vec2* GetVertices() const
{
return m_ps;
}
///
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const;
///
void SetAngle(float32 angle);
private:
void SolveC2();
void SolveC3();
int32 m_count;
b2Vec2* m_ps;
b2Vec2* m_p0s;
b2Vec2* m_vs;
float32* m_ims;
float32* m_Ls;
float32* m_as;
b2Vec2 m_gravity;
float32 m_damping;
float32 m_k2;
float32 m_k3;
};
#endif
+59
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef BOX2D_H
#define BOX2D_H
// These include files constitute the main Box2D API
#include "b2_settings.h"
#include "b2_draw.h"
#include "b2_timer.h"
#include "b2_chain_shape.h"
#include "b2_circle_shape.h"
#include "b2_edge_shape.h"
#include "b2_polygon_shape.h"
#include "b2_broad_phase.h"
#include "b2_dynamic_tree.h"
#include "b2_body.h"
#include "b2_contact.h"
#include "b2_fixture.h"
#include "b2_time_step.h"
#include "b2_world.h"
#include "b2_world_callbacks.h"
#include "b2_distance.h"
#include "b2_distance_joint.h"
#include "b2_friction_joint.h"
#include "b2_gear_joint.h"
#include "b2_motor_joint.h"
#include "b2_mouse_joint.h"
#include "b2_prismatic_joint.h"
#include "b2_pulley_joint.h"
#include "b2_revolute_joint.h"
#include "b2_weld_joint.h"
#include "b2_wheel_joint.h"
#endif
+52
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_API_H
#define B2_API_H
#ifdef B2_SHARED
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__
#ifdef box2d_EXPORTS
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define B2_API __attribute__ ((dllexport))
#else
#define B2_API __declspec(dllexport)
#endif
#else
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define B2_API __attribute__ ((dllimport))
#else
#define B2_API __declspec(dllimport)
#endif
#endif
#else
#if __GNUC__ >= 4
#define B2_API __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
#else
#define B2_API
#endif
#endif
#else
#define B2_API
#endif
#endif
+60
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
#define B2_BLOCK_ALLOCATOR_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_settings.h"
const int32 b2_blockSizeCount = 14;
struct b2Block;
struct b2Chunk;
/// This is a small object allocator used for allocating small
/// objects that persist for more than one time step.
/// See: http://www.codeproject.com/useritems/Small_Block_Allocator.asp
class B2_API b2BlockAllocator
{
public:
b2BlockAllocator();
~b2BlockAllocator();
/// Allocate memory. This will use b2Alloc if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
void* Allocate(int32 size);
/// Free memory. This will use b2Free if the size is larger than b2_maxBlockSize.
void Free(void* p, int32 size);
void Clear();
private:
b2Chunk* m_chunks;
int32 m_chunkCount;
int32 m_chunkSpace;
b2Block* m_freeLists[b2_blockSizeCount];
};
#endif
@@ -1,27 +1,31 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_BODY_H
#define B2_BODY_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
#include <memory>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
#include "b2_shape.h"
class b2Fixture;
class b2Joint;
@@ -41,19 +45,15 @@ enum b2BodyType
b2_staticBody = 0,
b2_kinematicBody,
b2_dynamicBody
// TODO_ERIN
//b2_bulletBody,
};
/// A body definition holds all the data needed to construct a rigid body.
/// You can safely re-use body definitions. Shapes are added to a body after construction.
struct b2BodyDef
struct B2_API b2BodyDef
{
/// This constructor sets the body definition default values.
b2BodyDef()
{
userData = NULL;
position.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
angle = 0.0f;
linearVelocity.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ struct b2BodyDef
fixedRotation = false;
bullet = false;
type = b2_staticBody;
active = true;
enabled = true;
gravityScale = 1.0f;
}
@@ -78,23 +78,25 @@ struct b2BodyDef
b2Vec2 position;
/// The world angle of the body in radians.
float32 angle;
float angle;
/// The linear velocity of the body's origin in world co-ordinates.
b2Vec2 linearVelocity;
/// The angular velocity of the body.
float32 angularVelocity;
float angularVelocity;
/// Linear damping is use to reduce the linear velocity. The damping parameter
/// can be larger than 1.0f but the damping effect becomes sensitive to the
/// time step when the damping parameter is large.
float32 linearDamping;
/// Units are 1/time
float linearDamping;
/// Angular damping is use to reduce the angular velocity. The damping parameter
/// can be larger than 1.0f but the damping effect becomes sensitive to the
/// time step when the damping parameter is large.
float32 angularDamping;
/// Units are 1/time
float angularDamping;
/// Set this flag to false if this body should never fall asleep. Note that
/// this increases CPU usage.
@@ -112,18 +114,18 @@ struct b2BodyDef
/// @warning You should use this flag sparingly since it increases processing time.
bool bullet;
/// Does this body start out active?
bool active;
/// Does this body start out enabled?
bool enabled;
/// Use this to store application specific body data.
void* userData;
b2BodyUserData userData;
/// Scale the gravity applied to this body.
float32 gravityScale;
float gravityScale;
};
/// A rigid body. These are created via b2World::CreateBody.
class b2Body
class B2_API b2Body
{
public:
/// Creates a fixture and attach it to this body. Use this function if you need
@@ -142,7 +144,7 @@ public:
/// @param shape the shape to be cloned.
/// @param density the shape density (set to zero for static bodies).
/// @warning This function is locked during callbacks.
b2Fixture* CreateFixture(const b2Shape* shape, float32 density);
b2Fixture* CreateFixture(const b2Shape* shape, float density);
/// Destroy a fixture. This removes the fixture from the broad-phase and
/// destroys all contacts associated with this fixture. This will
@@ -158,7 +160,7 @@ public:
/// Note: contacts are updated on the next call to b2World::Step.
/// @param position the world position of the body's local origin.
/// @param angle the world rotation in radians.
void SetTransform(const b2Vec2& position, float32 angle);
void SetTransform(const b2Vec2& position, float angle);
/// Get the body transform for the body's origin.
/// @return the world transform of the body's origin.
@@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ public:
/// Get the angle in radians.
/// @return the current world rotation angle in radians.
float32 GetAngle() const;
float GetAngle() const;
/// Get the world position of the center of mass.
const b2Vec2& GetWorldCenter() const;
@@ -188,11 +190,11 @@ public:
/// Set the angular velocity.
/// @param omega the new angular velocity in radians/second.
void SetAngularVelocity(float32 omega);
void SetAngularVelocity(float omega);
/// Get the angular velocity.
/// @return the angular velocity in radians/second.
float32 GetAngularVelocity() const;
float GetAngularVelocity() const;
/// Apply a force at a world point. If the force is not
/// applied at the center of mass, it will generate a torque and
@@ -209,10 +211,9 @@ public:
/// Apply a torque. This affects the angular velocity
/// without affecting the linear velocity of the center of mass.
/// This wakes up the body.
/// @param torque about the z-axis (out of the screen), usually in N-m.
/// @param wake also wake up the body
void ApplyTorque(float32 torque, bool wake);
void ApplyTorque(float torque, bool wake);
/// Apply an impulse at a point. This immediately modifies the velocity.
/// It also modifies the angular velocity if the point of application
@@ -222,18 +223,23 @@ public:
/// @param wake also wake up the body
void ApplyLinearImpulse(const b2Vec2& impulse, const b2Vec2& point, bool wake);
/// Apply an impulse to the center of mass. This immediately modifies the velocity.
/// @param impulse the world impulse vector, usually in N-seconds or kg-m/s.
/// @param wake also wake up the body
void ApplyLinearImpulseToCenter(const b2Vec2& impulse, bool wake);
/// Apply an angular impulse.
/// @param impulse the angular impulse in units of kg*m*m/s
/// @param wake also wake up the body
void ApplyAngularImpulse(float32 impulse, bool wake);
void ApplyAngularImpulse(float impulse, bool wake);
/// Get the total mass of the body.
/// @return the mass, usually in kilograms (kg).
float32 GetMass() const;
float GetMass() const;
/// Get the rotational inertia of the body about the local origin.
/// @return the rotational inertia, usually in kg-m^2.
float32 GetInertia() const;
float GetInertia() const;
/// Get the mass data of the body.
/// @return a struct containing the mass, inertia and center of the body.
@@ -243,7 +249,7 @@ public:
/// Note that this changes the center of mass position.
/// Note that creating or destroying fixtures can also alter the mass.
/// This function has no effect if the body isn't dynamic.
/// @param massData the mass properties.
/// @param data the mass properties.
void SetMassData(const b2MassData* data);
/// This resets the mass properties to the sum of the mass properties of the fixtures.
@@ -262,42 +268,42 @@ public:
b2Vec2 GetWorldVector(const b2Vec2& localVector) const;
/// Gets a local point relative to the body's origin given a world point.
/// @param a point in world coordinates.
/// @param worldPoint a point in world coordinates.
/// @return the corresponding local point relative to the body's origin.
b2Vec2 GetLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const;
/// Gets a local vector given a world vector.
/// @param a vector in world coordinates.
/// @param worldVector a vector in world coordinates.
/// @return the corresponding local vector.
b2Vec2 GetLocalVector(const b2Vec2& worldVector) const;
/// Get the world linear velocity of a world point attached to this body.
/// @param a point in world coordinates.
/// @param worldPoint a point in world coordinates.
/// @return the world velocity of a point.
b2Vec2 GetLinearVelocityFromWorldPoint(const b2Vec2& worldPoint) const;
/// Get the world velocity of a local point.
/// @param a point in local coordinates.
/// @param localPoint a point in local coordinates.
/// @return the world velocity of a point.
b2Vec2 GetLinearVelocityFromLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint) const;
/// Get the linear damping of the body.
float32 GetLinearDamping() const;
float GetLinearDamping() const;
/// Set the linear damping of the body.
void SetLinearDamping(float32 linearDamping);
void SetLinearDamping(float linearDamping);
/// Get the angular damping of the body.
float32 GetAngularDamping() const;
float GetAngularDamping() const;
/// Set the angular damping of the body.
void SetAngularDamping(float32 angularDamping);
void SetAngularDamping(float angularDamping);
/// Get the gravity scale of the body.
float32 GetGravityScale() const;
float GetGravityScale() const;
/// Set the gravity scale of the body.
void SetGravityScale(float32 scale);
void SetGravityScale(float scale);
/// Set the type of this body. This may alter the mass and velocity.
void SetType(b2BodyType type);
@@ -327,23 +333,22 @@ public:
/// @return true if the body is awake.
bool IsAwake() const;
/// Set the active state of the body. An inactive body is not
/// simulated and cannot be collided with or woken up.
/// If you pass a flag of true, all fixtures will be added to the
/// broad-phase.
/// If you pass a flag of false, all fixtures will be removed from
/// the broad-phase and all contacts will be destroyed.
/// Allow a body to be disabled. A disabled body is not simulated and cannot
/// be collided with or woken up.
/// If you pass a flag of true, all fixtures will be added to the broad-phase.
/// If you pass a flag of false, all fixtures will be removed from the
/// broad-phase and all contacts will be destroyed.
/// Fixtures and joints are otherwise unaffected. You may continue
/// to create/destroy fixtures and joints on inactive bodies.
/// Fixtures on an inactive body are implicitly inactive and will
/// to create/destroy fixtures and joints on disabled bodies.
/// Fixtures on a disabled body are implicitly disabled and will
/// not participate in collisions, ray-casts, or queries.
/// Joints connected to an inactive body are implicitly inactive.
/// An inactive body is still owned by a b2World object and remains
/// Joints connected to a disabled body are implicitly disabled.
/// An diabled body is still owned by a b2World object and remains
/// in the body list.
void SetActive(bool flag);
void SetEnabled(bool flag);
/// Get the active state of the body.
bool IsActive() const;
bool IsEnabled() const;
/// Set this body to have fixed rotation. This causes the mass
/// to be reset.
@@ -371,7 +376,7 @@ public:
const b2Body* GetNext() const;
/// Get the user data pointer that was provided in the body definition.
void* GetUserData() const;
b2BodyUserData& GetUserData();
/// Set the user data. Use this to store your application specific data.
void SetUserData(void* data);
@@ -380,7 +385,7 @@ public:
b2World* GetWorld();
const b2World* GetWorld() const;
/// Dump this body to a log file
/// Dump this body to a file
void Dump();
private:
@@ -390,7 +395,7 @@ private:
friend class b2ContactManager;
friend class b2ContactSolver;
friend class b2Contact;
friend class b2DistanceJoint;
friend class b2FrictionJoint;
friend class b2GearJoint;
@@ -411,7 +416,7 @@ private:
e_autoSleepFlag = 0x0004,
e_bulletFlag = 0x0008,
e_fixedRotationFlag = 0x0010,
e_activeFlag = 0x0020,
e_enabledFlag = 0x0020,
e_toiFlag = 0x0040
};
@@ -425,7 +430,7 @@ private:
// It may lie, depending on the collideConnected flag.
bool ShouldCollide(const b2Body* other) const;
void Advance(float32 t);
void Advance(float t);
b2BodyType m_type;
@@ -437,10 +442,10 @@ private:
b2Sweep m_sweep; // the swept motion for CCD
b2Vec2 m_linearVelocity;
float32 m_angularVelocity;
float m_angularVelocity;
b2Vec2 m_force;
float32 m_torque;
float m_torque;
b2World* m_world;
b2Body* m_prev;
@@ -452,18 +457,18 @@ private:
b2JointEdge* m_jointList;
b2ContactEdge* m_contactList;
float32 m_mass, m_invMass;
float m_mass, m_invMass;
// Rotational inertia about the center of mass.
float32 m_I, m_invI;
float m_I, m_invI;
float32 m_linearDamping;
float32 m_angularDamping;
float32 m_gravityScale;
float m_linearDamping;
float m_angularDamping;
float m_gravityScale;
float32 m_sleepTime;
float m_sleepTime;
void* m_userData;
b2BodyUserData m_userData;
};
inline b2BodyType b2Body::GetType() const
@@ -481,7 +486,7 @@ inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetPosition() const
return m_xf.p;
}
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngle() const
inline float b2Body::GetAngle() const
{
return m_sweep.a;
}
@@ -516,7 +521,7 @@ inline const b2Vec2& b2Body::GetLinearVelocity() const
return m_linearVelocity;
}
inline void b2Body::SetAngularVelocity(float32 w)
inline void b2Body::SetAngularVelocity(float w)
{
if (m_type == b2_staticBody)
{
@@ -531,17 +536,17 @@ inline void b2Body::SetAngularVelocity(float32 w)
m_angularVelocity = w;
}
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngularVelocity() const
inline float b2Body::GetAngularVelocity() const
{
return m_angularVelocity;
}
inline float32 b2Body::GetMass() const
inline float b2Body::GetMass() const
{
return m_mass;
}
inline float32 b2Body::GetInertia() const
inline float b2Body::GetInertia() const
{
return m_I + m_mass * b2Dot(m_sweep.localCenter, m_sweep.localCenter);
}
@@ -583,32 +588,32 @@ inline b2Vec2 b2Body::GetLinearVelocityFromLocalPoint(const b2Vec2& localPoint)
return GetLinearVelocityFromWorldPoint(GetWorldPoint(localPoint));
}
inline float32 b2Body::GetLinearDamping() const
inline float b2Body::GetLinearDamping() const
{
return m_linearDamping;
}
inline void b2Body::SetLinearDamping(float32 linearDamping)
inline void b2Body::SetLinearDamping(float linearDamping)
{
m_linearDamping = linearDamping;
}
inline float32 b2Body::GetAngularDamping() const
inline float b2Body::GetAngularDamping() const
{
return m_angularDamping;
}
inline void b2Body::SetAngularDamping(float32 angularDamping)
inline void b2Body::SetAngularDamping(float angularDamping)
{
m_angularDamping = angularDamping;
}
inline float32 b2Body::GetGravityScale() const
inline float b2Body::GetGravityScale() const
{
return m_gravityScale;
}
inline void b2Body::SetGravityScale(float32 scale)
inline void b2Body::SetGravityScale(float scale)
{
m_gravityScale = scale;
}
@@ -632,13 +637,15 @@ inline bool b2Body::IsBullet() const
inline void b2Body::SetAwake(bool flag)
{
if (m_type == b2_staticBody)
{
return;
}
if (flag)
{
if ((m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
{
m_flags |= e_awakeFlag;
m_sleepTime = 0.0f;
}
m_flags |= e_awakeFlag;
m_sleepTime = 0.0f;
}
else
{
@@ -656,9 +663,9 @@ inline bool b2Body::IsAwake() const
return (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == e_awakeFlag;
}
inline bool b2Body::IsActive() const
inline bool b2Body::IsEnabled() const
{
return (m_flags & e_activeFlag) == e_activeFlag;
return (m_flags & e_enabledFlag) == e_enabledFlag;
}
inline bool b2Body::IsFixedRotation() const
@@ -724,12 +731,7 @@ inline const b2Body* b2Body::GetNext() const
return m_next;
}
inline void b2Body::SetUserData(void* data)
{
m_userData = data;
}
inline void* b2Body::GetUserData() const
inline b2BodyUserData& b2Body::GetUserData()
{
return m_userData;
}
@@ -773,7 +775,7 @@ inline void b2Body::ApplyForceToCenter(const b2Vec2& force, bool wake)
}
}
inline void b2Body::ApplyTorque(float32 torque, bool wake)
inline void b2Body::ApplyTorque(float torque, bool wake)
{
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
{
@@ -812,7 +814,26 @@ inline void b2Body::ApplyLinearImpulse(const b2Vec2& impulse, const b2Vec2& poin
}
}
inline void b2Body::ApplyAngularImpulse(float32 impulse, bool wake)
inline void b2Body::ApplyLinearImpulseToCenter(const b2Vec2& impulse, bool wake)
{
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
{
return;
}
if (wake && (m_flags & e_awakeFlag) == 0)
{
SetAwake(true);
}
// Don't accumulate velocity if the body is sleeping
if (m_flags & e_awakeFlag)
{
m_linearVelocity += m_invMass * impulse;
}
}
inline void b2Body::ApplyAngularImpulse(float impulse, bool wake)
{
if (m_type != b2_dynamicBody)
{
@@ -837,7 +858,7 @@ inline void b2Body::SynchronizeTransform()
m_xf.p = m_sweep.c - b2Mul(m_xf.q, m_sweep.localCenter);
}
inline void b2Body::Advance(float32 alpha)
inline void b2Body::Advance(float alpha)
{
// Advance to the new safe time. This doesn't sync the broad-phase.
m_sweep.Advance(alpha);
@@ -1,30 +1,34 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
#define B2_BROAD_PHASE_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2DynamicTree.h>
#include <algorithm>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_settings.h"
#include "b2_collision.h"
#include "b2_dynamic_tree.h"
struct b2Pair
struct B2_API b2Pair
{
int32 proxyIdA;
int32 proxyIdB;
@@ -33,7 +37,7 @@ struct b2Pair
/// The broad-phase is used for computing pairs and performing volume queries and ray casts.
/// This broad-phase does not persist pairs. Instead, this reports potentially new pairs.
/// It is up to the client to consume the new pairs and to track subsequent overlap.
class b2BroadPhase
class B2_API b2BroadPhase
{
public:
@@ -62,7 +66,7 @@ public:
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
/// Get user data from a proxy. Returns NULL if the id is invalid.
/// Get user data from a proxy. Returns nullptr if the id is invalid.
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
/// Test overlap of fat AABBs.
@@ -97,7 +101,7 @@ public:
int32 GetTreeBalance() const;
/// Get the quality metric of the embedded tree.
float32 GetTreeQuality() const;
float GetTreeQuality() const;
/// Shift the world origin. Useful for large worlds.
/// The shift formula is: position -= newOrigin
@@ -128,22 +132,6 @@ private:
int32 m_queryProxyId;
};
/// This is used to sort pairs.
inline bool b2PairLessThan(const b2Pair& pair1, const b2Pair& pair2)
{
if (pair1.proxyIdA < pair2.proxyIdA)
{
return true;
}
if (pair1.proxyIdA == pair2.proxyIdA)
{
return pair1.proxyIdB < pair2.proxyIdB;
}
return false;
}
inline void* b2BroadPhase::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
{
return m_tree.GetUserData(proxyId);
@@ -176,7 +164,7 @@ inline int32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeBalance() const
return m_tree.GetMaxBalance();
}
inline float32 b2BroadPhase::GetTreeQuality() const
inline float b2BroadPhase::GetTreeQuality() const
{
return m_tree.GetAreaRatio();
}
@@ -204,37 +192,30 @@ void b2BroadPhase::UpdatePairs(T* callback)
m_tree.Query(this, fatAABB);
}
// Reset move buffer
m_moveCount = 0;
// Sort the pair buffer to expose duplicates.
std::sort(m_pairBuffer, m_pairBuffer + m_pairCount, b2PairLessThan);
// Send the pairs back to the client.
int32 i = 0;
while (i < m_pairCount)
// Send pairs to caller
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_pairCount; ++i)
{
b2Pair* primaryPair = m_pairBuffer + i;
void* userDataA = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdA);
void* userDataB = m_tree.GetUserData(primaryPair->proxyIdB);
callback->AddPair(userDataA, userDataB);
++i;
// Skip any duplicate pairs.
while (i < m_pairCount)
{
b2Pair* pair = m_pairBuffer + i;
if (pair->proxyIdA != primaryPair->proxyIdA || pair->proxyIdB != primaryPair->proxyIdB)
{
break;
}
++i;
}
}
// Try to keep the tree balanced.
//m_tree.Rebalance(4);
// Clear move flags
for (int32 i = 0; i < m_moveCount; ++i)
{
int32 proxyId = m_moveBuffer[i];
if (proxyId == e_nullProxy)
{
continue;
}
m_tree.ClearMoved(proxyId);
}
// Reset move buffer
m_moveCount = 0;
}
template <typename T>
+101
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
#define B2_CHAIN_SHAPE_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_shape.h"
class b2EdgeShape;
/// A chain shape is a free form sequence of line segments.
/// The chain has one-sided collision, with the surface normal pointing to the right of the edge.
/// This provides a counter-clockwise winding like the polygon shape.
/// Connectivity information is used to create smooth collisions.
/// @warning the chain will not collide properly if there are self-intersections.
class B2_API b2ChainShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2ChainShape();
/// The destructor frees the vertices using b2Free.
~b2ChainShape();
/// Clear all data.
void Clear();
/// Create a loop. This automatically adjusts connectivity.
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
/// @param count the vertex count
void CreateLoop(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count);
/// Create a chain with ghost vertices to connect multiple chains together.
/// @param vertices an array of vertices, these are copied
/// @param count the vertex count
/// @param prevVertex previous vertex from chain that connects to the start
/// @param nextVertex next vertex from chain that connects to the end
void CreateChain(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count,
const b2Vec2& prevVertex, const b2Vec2& nextVertex);
/// Implement b2Shape. Vertices are cloned using b2Alloc.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const override;
/// Get a child edge.
void GetChildEdge(b2EdgeShape* edge, int32 index) const;
/// This always return false.
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const override;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// Chains have zero mass.
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const override;
/// The vertices. Owned by this class.
b2Vec2* m_vertices;
/// The vertex count.
int32 m_count;
b2Vec2 m_prevVertex, m_nextVertex;
};
inline b2ChainShape::b2ChainShape()
{
m_type = e_chain;
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
m_vertices = nullptr;
m_count = 0;
}
#endif
+67
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
#define B2_CIRCLE_SHAPE_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_shape.h"
/// A solid circle shape
class B2_API b2CircleShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2CircleShape();
/// Implement b2Shape.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const override;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const override;
/// Implement b2Shape.
/// @note because the circle is solid, rays that start inside do not hit because the normal is
/// not defined.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const override;
/// Position
b2Vec2 m_p;
};
inline b2CircleShape::b2CircleShape()
{
m_type = e_circle;
m_radius = 0.0f;
m_p.SetZero();
}
#endif
@@ -1,27 +1,33 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_COLLISION_H
#define B2_COLLISION_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
/// @file
/// Structures and functions used for computing contact points, distance
/// queries, and TOI queries.
@@ -35,7 +41,7 @@ const uint8 b2_nullFeature = UCHAR_MAX;
/// The features that intersect to form the contact point
/// This must be 4 bytes or less.
struct b2ContactFeature
struct B2_API b2ContactFeature
{
enum Type
{
@@ -50,7 +56,7 @@ struct b2ContactFeature
};
/// Contact ids to facilitate warm starting.
union b2ContactID
union B2_API b2ContactID
{
b2ContactFeature cf;
uint32 key; ///< Used to quickly compare contact ids.
@@ -66,11 +72,11 @@ union b2ContactID
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
/// Note: the impulses are used for internal caching and may not
/// provide reliable contact forces, especially for high speed collisions.
struct b2ManifoldPoint
struct B2_API b2ManifoldPoint
{
b2Vec2 localPoint; ///< usage depends on manifold type
float32 normalImpulse; ///< the non-penetration impulse
float32 tangentImpulse; ///< the friction impulse
float normalImpulse; ///< the non-penetration impulse
float tangentImpulse; ///< the friction impulse
b2ContactID id; ///< uniquely identifies a contact point between two shapes
};
@@ -90,7 +96,7 @@ struct b2ManifoldPoint
/// account for movement, which is critical for continuous physics.
/// All contact scenarios must be expressed in one of these types.
/// This structure is stored across time steps, so we keep it small.
struct b2Manifold
struct B2_API b2Manifold
{
enum Type
{
@@ -107,19 +113,19 @@ struct b2Manifold
};
/// This is used to compute the current state of a contact manifold.
struct b2WorldManifold
struct B2_API b2WorldManifold
{
/// Evaluate the manifold with supplied transforms. This assumes
/// modest motion from the original state. This does not change the
/// point count, impulses, etc. The radii must come from the shapes
/// that generated the manifold.
void Initialize(const b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2Transform& xfA, float32 radiusA,
const b2Transform& xfB, float32 radiusB);
const b2Transform& xfA, float radiusA,
const b2Transform& xfB, float radiusB);
b2Vec2 normal; ///< world vector pointing from A to B
b2Vec2 points[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< world contact point (point of intersection)
float32 separations[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< a negative value indicates overlap, in meters
float separations[b2_maxManifoldPoints]; ///< a negative value indicates overlap, in meters
};
/// This is used for determining the state of contact points.
@@ -133,33 +139,33 @@ enum b2PointState
/// Compute the point states given two manifolds. The states pertain to the transition from manifold1
/// to manifold2. So state1 is either persist or remove while state2 is either add or persist.
void b2GetPointStates(b2PointState state1[b2_maxManifoldPoints], b2PointState state2[b2_maxManifoldPoints],
B2_API void b2GetPointStates(b2PointState state1[b2_maxManifoldPoints], b2PointState state2[b2_maxManifoldPoints],
const b2Manifold* manifold1, const b2Manifold* manifold2);
/// Used for computing contact manifolds.
struct b2ClipVertex
struct B2_API b2ClipVertex
{
b2Vec2 v;
b2ContactID id;
};
/// Ray-cast input data. The ray extends from p1 to p1 + maxFraction * (p2 - p1).
struct b2RayCastInput
struct B2_API b2RayCastInput
{
b2Vec2 p1, p2;
float32 maxFraction;
float maxFraction;
};
/// Ray-cast output data. The ray hits at p1 + fraction * (p2 - p1), where p1 and p2
/// come from b2RayCastInput.
struct b2RayCastOutput
struct B2_API b2RayCastOutput
{
b2Vec2 normal;
float32 fraction;
float fraction;
};
/// An axis aligned bounding box.
struct b2AABB
struct B2_API b2AABB
{
/// Verify that the bounds are sorted.
bool IsValid() const;
@@ -177,10 +183,10 @@ struct b2AABB
}
/// Get the perimeter length
float32 GetPerimeter() const
float GetPerimeter() const
{
float32 wx = upperBound.x - lowerBound.x;
float32 wy = upperBound.y - lowerBound.y;
float wx = upperBound.x - lowerBound.x;
float wy = upperBound.y - lowerBound.y;
return 2.0f * (wx + wy);
}
@@ -216,36 +222,36 @@ struct b2AABB
};
/// Compute the collision manifold between two circles.
void b2CollideCircles(b2Manifold* manifold,
B2_API void b2CollideCircles(b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2CircleShape* circleA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
/// Compute the collision manifold between a polygon and a circle.
void b2CollidePolygonAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
B2_API void b2CollidePolygonAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
/// Compute the collision manifold between two polygons.
void b2CollidePolygons(b2Manifold* manifold,
B2_API void b2CollidePolygons(b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2PolygonShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2PolygonShape* polygonB, const b2Transform& xfB);
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
B2_API void b2CollideEdgeAndCircle(b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2EdgeShape* polygonA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2CircleShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a circle.
void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon(b2Manifold* manifold,
/// Compute the collision manifold between an edge and a polygon.
B2_API void b2CollideEdgeAndPolygon(b2Manifold* manifold,
const b2EdgeShape* edgeA, const b2Transform& xfA,
const b2PolygonShape* circleB, const b2Transform& xfB);
/// Clipping for contact manifolds.
int32 b2ClipSegmentToLine(b2ClipVertex vOut[2], const b2ClipVertex vIn[2],
const b2Vec2& normal, float32 offset, int32 vertexIndexA);
B2_API int32 b2ClipSegmentToLine(b2ClipVertex vOut[2], const b2ClipVertex vIn[2],
const b2Vec2& normal, float offset, int32 vertexIndexA);
/// Determine if two generic shapes overlap.
bool b2TestOverlap( const b2Shape* shapeA, int32 indexA,
B2_API bool b2TestOverlap( const b2Shape* shapeA, int32 indexA,
const b2Shape* shapeB, int32 indexB,
const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB);
@@ -1,43 +1,42 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
#ifndef B2_SETTINGS_H
#define B2_SETTINGS_H
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_COMMON_H
#define B2_COMMON_H
#include "b2_settings.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <float.h>
void loveAssert(bool test, const char *teststr);
#if !defined(NDEBUG)
#define b2DEBUG
#endif
#define B2_NOT_USED(x) ((void)(x))
//#define b2Assert(A) assert(A)
void loveAssert(bool test, const char* teststr);
#define b2Assert(A) loveAssert((A), #A)
typedef signed char int8;
typedef signed short int16;
typedef signed int int32;
typedef unsigned char uint8;
typedef unsigned short uint16;
typedef unsigned int uint32;
typedef float float32;
typedef double float64;
#define b2_maxFloat FLT_MAX
#define b2_epsilon FLT_EPSILON
#define b2_pi 3.14159265359f
@@ -52,23 +51,19 @@ typedef double float64;
/// not change this value.
#define b2_maxManifoldPoints 2
/// The maximum number of vertices on a convex polygon. You cannot increase
/// this too much because b2BlockAllocator has a maximum object size.
#define b2_maxPolygonVertices 8
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This allows proxies
/// to move by a small amount without triggering a tree adjustment.
/// This is in meters.
#define b2_aabbExtension 0.1f
#define b2_aabbExtension (0.1f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
/// This is used to fatten AABBs in the dynamic tree. This is used to predict
/// the future position based on the current displacement.
/// This is a dimensionless multiplier.
#define b2_aabbMultiplier 2.0f
#define b2_aabbMultiplier 4.0f
/// A small length used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
#define b2_linearSlop 0.005f
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant. In meters.
#define b2_linearSlop (0.005f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
/// A small angle used as a collision and constraint tolerance. Usually it is
/// chosen to be numerically significant, but visually insignificant.
@@ -88,21 +83,17 @@ typedef double float64;
/// Maximum number of contacts to be handled to solve a TOI impact.
#define b2_maxTOIContacts 32
/// A velocity threshold for elastic collisions. Any collision with a relative linear
/// velocity below this threshold will be treated as inelastic.
#define b2_velocityThreshold 1.0f
/// The maximum linear position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
/// prevent overshoot.
#define b2_maxLinearCorrection 0.2f
/// prevent overshoot. Meters.
#define b2_maxLinearCorrection (0.2f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
/// The maximum angular position correction used when solving constraints. This helps to
/// prevent overshoot.
#define b2_maxAngularCorrection (8.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
/// The maximum linear velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this.
#define b2_maxTranslation 2.0f
/// The maximum linear translation of a body per step. This limit is very large and is used
/// to prevent numerical problems. You shouldn't need to adjust this. Meters.
#define b2_maxTranslation (2.0f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
#define b2_maxTranslationSquared (b2_maxTranslation * b2_maxTranslation)
/// The maximum angular velocity of a body. This limit is very large and is used
@@ -114,7 +105,7 @@ typedef double float64;
/// that overlap is removed in one time step. However using values close to 1 often lead
/// to overshoot.
#define b2_baumgarte 0.2f
#define b2_toiBaugarte 0.75f
#define b2_toiBaumgarte 0.75f
// Sleep
@@ -123,21 +114,15 @@ typedef double float64;
#define b2_timeToSleep 0.5f
/// A body cannot sleep if its linear velocity is above this tolerance.
#define b2_linearSleepTolerance 0.01f
#define b2_linearSleepTolerance (0.01f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter)
/// A body cannot sleep if its angular velocity is above this tolerance.
#define b2_angularSleepTolerance (2.0f / 180.0f * b2_pi)
// Memory Allocation
/// Implement this function to use your own memory allocator.
void* b2Alloc(int32 size);
/// If you implement b2Alloc, you should also implement this function.
void b2Free(void* mem);
/// Logging function.
void b2Log(const char* string, ...);
/// Dump to a file. Only one dump file allowed at a time.
void b2OpenDump(const char* fileName);
void b2Dump(const char* string, ...);
void b2CloseDump();
/// Version numbering scheme.
/// See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Software_versioning
@@ -149,6 +134,6 @@ struct b2Version
};
/// Current version.
extern b2Version b2_version;
extern B2_API b2Version b2_version;
#endif
@@ -1,28 +1,33 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_H
#define B2_CONTACT_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Fixture.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_collision.h"
#include "b2_fixture.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
#include "b2_shape.h"
class b2Body;
class b2Contact;
@@ -32,26 +37,32 @@ class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2StackAllocator;
class b2ContactListener;
/// Friction mixing law. The idea is to allow either fixture to drive the restitution to zero.
/// Friction mixing law. The idea is to allow either fixture to drive the friction to zero.
/// For example, anything slides on ice.
inline float32 b2MixFriction(float32 friction1, float32 friction2)
inline float b2MixFriction(float friction1, float friction2)
{
return b2Sqrt(friction1 * friction2);
}
/// Restitution mixing law. The idea is allow for anything to bounce off an inelastic surface.
/// For example, a superball bounces on anything.
inline float32 b2MixRestitution(float32 restitution1, float32 restitution2)
inline float b2MixRestitution(float restitution1, float restitution2)
{
return restitution1 > restitution2 ? restitution1 : restitution2;
}
/// Restitution mixing law. This picks the lowest value.
inline float b2MixRestitutionThreshold(float threshold1, float threshold2)
{
return threshold1 < threshold2 ? threshold1 : threshold2;
}
typedef b2Contact* b2ContactCreateFcn( b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA,
b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB,
b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
typedef void b2ContactDestroyFcn(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
struct b2ContactRegister
struct B2_API b2ContactRegister
{
b2ContactCreateFcn* createFcn;
b2ContactDestroyFcn* destroyFcn;
@@ -63,7 +74,7 @@ struct b2ContactRegister
/// is an edge. A contact edge belongs to a doubly linked list
/// maintained in each attached body. Each contact has two contact
/// nodes, one for each attached body.
struct b2ContactEdge
struct B2_API b2ContactEdge
{
b2Body* other; ///< provides quick access to the other body attached.
b2Contact* contact; ///< the contact
@@ -74,7 +85,7 @@ struct b2ContactEdge
/// The class manages contact between two shapes. A contact exists for each overlapping
/// AABB in the broad-phase (except if filtered). Therefore a contact object may exist
/// that has no contact points.
class b2Contact
class B2_API b2Contact
{
public:
@@ -117,29 +128,39 @@ public:
/// Override the default friction mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
/// This value persists until set or reset.
void SetFriction(float32 friction);
void SetFriction(float friction);
/// Get the friction.
float32 GetFriction() const;
float GetFriction() const;
/// Reset the friction mixture to the default value.
void ResetFriction();
/// Override the default restitution mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
/// The value persists until you set or reset.
void SetRestitution(float32 restitution);
void SetRestitution(float restitution);
/// Get the restitution.
float32 GetRestitution() const;
float GetRestitution() const;
/// Reset the restitution to the default value.
void ResetRestitution();
/// Override the default restitution velocity threshold mixture. You can call this in b2ContactListener::PreSolve.
/// The value persists until you set or reset.
void SetRestitutionThreshold(float threshold);
/// Get the restitution threshold.
float GetRestitutionThreshold() const;
/// Reset the restitution threshold to the default value.
void ResetRestitutionThreshold();
/// Set the desired tangent speed for a conveyor belt behavior. In meters per second.
void SetTangentSpeed(float32 speed);
void SetTangentSpeed(float speed);
/// Get the desired tangent speed. In meters per second.
float32 GetTangentSpeed() const;
float GetTangentSpeed() const;
/// Evaluate this contact with your own manifold and transforms.
virtual void Evaluate(b2Manifold* manifold, const b2Transform& xfA, const b2Transform& xfB) = 0;
@@ -157,7 +178,7 @@ protected:
// Used when crawling contact graph when forming islands.
e_islandFlag = 0x0001,
// Set when the shapes are touching.
// Set when the shapes are touching.
e_touchingFlag = 0x0002,
// This contact can be disabled (by user)
@@ -183,7 +204,7 @@ protected:
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2Shape::Type typeA, b2Shape::Type typeB, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
static void Destroy(b2Contact* contact, b2BlockAllocator* allocator);
b2Contact() : m_fixtureA(NULL), m_fixtureB(NULL) {}
b2Contact() : m_fixtureA(nullptr), m_fixtureB(nullptr) {}
b2Contact(b2Fixture* fixtureA, int32 indexA, b2Fixture* fixtureB, int32 indexB);
virtual ~b2Contact() {}
@@ -211,12 +232,13 @@ protected:
b2Manifold m_manifold;
int32 m_toiCount;
float32 m_toi;
float m_toi;
float32 m_friction;
float32 m_restitution;
float m_friction;
float m_restitution;
float m_restitutionThreshold;
float32 m_tangentSpeed;
float m_tangentSpeed;
};
inline b2Manifold* b2Contact::GetManifold()
@@ -306,12 +328,12 @@ inline void b2Contact::FlagForFiltering()
m_flags |= e_filterFlag;
}
inline void b2Contact::SetFriction(float32 friction)
inline void b2Contact::SetFriction(float friction)
{
m_friction = friction;
}
inline float32 b2Contact::GetFriction() const
inline float b2Contact::GetFriction() const
{
return m_friction;
}
@@ -321,12 +343,12 @@ inline void b2Contact::ResetFriction()
m_friction = b2MixFriction(m_fixtureA->m_friction, m_fixtureB->m_friction);
}
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitution(float32 restitution)
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitution(float restitution)
{
m_restitution = restitution;
}
inline float32 b2Contact::GetRestitution() const
inline float b2Contact::GetRestitution() const
{
return m_restitution;
}
@@ -336,12 +358,27 @@ inline void b2Contact::ResetRestitution()
m_restitution = b2MixRestitution(m_fixtureA->m_restitution, m_fixtureB->m_restitution);
}
inline void b2Contact::SetTangentSpeed(float32 speed)
inline void b2Contact::SetRestitutionThreshold(float threshold)
{
m_restitutionThreshold = threshold;
}
inline float b2Contact::GetRestitutionThreshold() const
{
return m_restitutionThreshold;
}
inline void b2Contact::ResetRestitutionThreshold()
{
m_restitutionThreshold = b2MixRestitutionThreshold(m_fixtureA->m_restitutionThreshold, m_fixtureB->m_restitutionThreshold);
}
inline void b2Contact::SetTangentSpeed(float speed)
{
m_tangentSpeed = speed;
}
inline float32 b2Contact::GetTangentSpeed() const
inline float b2Contact::GetTangentSpeed() const
{
return m_tangentSpeed;
}
+57
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
#define B2_CONTACT_MANAGER_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_broad_phase.h"
class b2Contact;
class b2ContactFilter;
class b2ContactListener;
class b2BlockAllocator;
// Delegate of b2World.
class B2_API b2ContactManager
{
public:
b2ContactManager();
// Broad-phase callback.
void AddPair(void* proxyUserDataA, void* proxyUserDataB);
void FindNewContacts();
void Destroy(b2Contact* c);
void Collide();
b2BroadPhase m_broadPhase;
b2Contact* m_contactList;
int32 m_contactCount;
b2ContactFilter* m_contactFilter;
b2ContactListener* m_contactListener;
b2BlockAllocator* m_allocator;
};
#endif
+171
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_H
#define B2_DISTANCE_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
class b2Shape;
/// A distance proxy is used by the GJK algorithm.
/// It encapsulates any shape.
struct B2_API b2DistanceProxy
{
b2DistanceProxy() : m_vertices(nullptr), m_count(0), m_radius(0.0f) {}
/// Initialize the proxy using the given shape. The shape
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
void Set(const b2Shape* shape, int32 index);
/// Initialize the proxy using a vertex cloud and radius. The vertices
/// must remain in scope while the proxy is in use.
void Set(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 count, float radius);
/// Get the supporting vertex index in the given direction.
int32 GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const;
/// Get the supporting vertex in the given direction.
const b2Vec2& GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const;
/// Get the vertex count.
int32 GetVertexCount() const;
/// Get a vertex by index. Used by b2Distance.
const b2Vec2& GetVertex(int32 index) const;
b2Vec2 m_buffer[2];
const b2Vec2* m_vertices;
int32 m_count;
float m_radius;
};
/// Used to warm start b2Distance.
/// Set count to zero on first call.
struct B2_API b2SimplexCache
{
float metric; ///< length or area
uint16 count;
uint8 indexA[3]; ///< vertices on shape A
uint8 indexB[3]; ///< vertices on shape B
};
/// Input for b2Distance.
/// You have to option to use the shape radii
/// in the computation. Even
struct B2_API b2DistanceInput
{
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
b2Transform transformA;
b2Transform transformB;
bool useRadii;
};
/// Output for b2Distance.
struct B2_API b2DistanceOutput
{
b2Vec2 pointA; ///< closest point on shapeA
b2Vec2 pointB; ///< closest point on shapeB
float distance;
int32 iterations; ///< number of GJK iterations used
};
/// Compute the closest points between two shapes. Supports any combination of:
/// b2CircleShape, b2PolygonShape, b2EdgeShape. The simplex cache is input/output.
/// On the first call set b2SimplexCache.count to zero.
B2_API void b2Distance(b2DistanceOutput* output,
b2SimplexCache* cache,
const b2DistanceInput* input);
/// Input parameters for b2ShapeCast
struct B2_API b2ShapeCastInput
{
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
b2Transform transformA;
b2Transform transformB;
b2Vec2 translationB;
};
/// Output results for b2ShapeCast
struct B2_API b2ShapeCastOutput
{
b2Vec2 point;
b2Vec2 normal;
float lambda;
int32 iterations;
};
/// Perform a linear shape cast of shape B moving and shape A fixed. Determines the hit point, normal, and translation fraction.
/// @returns true if hit, false if there is no hit or an initial overlap
B2_API bool b2ShapeCast(b2ShapeCastOutput* output, const b2ShapeCastInput* input);
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetVertexCount() const
{
return m_count;
}
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetVertex(int32 index) const
{
b2Assert(0 <= index && index < m_count);
return m_vertices[index];
}
inline int32 b2DistanceProxy::GetSupport(const b2Vec2& d) const
{
int32 bestIndex = 0;
float bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
{
float value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
if (value > bestValue)
{
bestIndex = i;
bestValue = value;
}
}
return bestIndex;
}
inline const b2Vec2& b2DistanceProxy::GetSupportVertex(const b2Vec2& d) const
{
int32 bestIndex = 0;
float bestValue = b2Dot(m_vertices[0], d);
for (int32 i = 1; i < m_count; ++i)
{
float value = b2Dot(m_vertices[i], d);
if (value > bestValue)
{
bestIndex = i;
bestValue = value;
}
}
return m_vertices[bestIndex];
}
#endif
+176
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
#define B2_DISTANCE_JOINT_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_joint.h"
/// Distance joint definition. This requires defining an anchor point on both
/// bodies and the non-zero distance of the distance joint. The definition uses
/// local anchor points so that the initial configuration can violate the
/// constraint slightly. This helps when saving and loading a game.
struct B2_API b2DistanceJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2DistanceJointDef()
{
type = e_distanceJoint;
localAnchorA.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
localAnchorB.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
length = 1.0f;
minLength = 0.0f;
maxLength = FLT_MAX;
stiffness = 0.0f;
damping = 0.0f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, and rest length using world space anchors.
/// The minimum and maximum lengths are set to the rest length.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB,
const b2Vec2& anchorA, const b2Vec2& anchorB);
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The rest length of this joint. Clamped to a stable minimum value.
float length;
/// Minimum length. Clamped to a stable minimum value.
float minLength;
/// Maximum length. Must be greater than or equal to the minimum length.
float maxLength;
/// The linear stiffness in N/m.
float stiffness;
/// The linear damping in N*s/m.
float damping;
};
/// A distance joint constrains two points on two bodies to remain at a fixed
/// distance from each other. You can view this as a massless, rigid rod.
class B2_API b2DistanceJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
/// Get the reaction force given the inverse time step.
/// Unit is N.
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Get the reaction torque given the inverse time step.
/// Unit is N*m. This is always zero for a distance joint.
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// Get the rest length
float GetLength() const { return m_length; }
/// Set the rest length
/// @returns clamped rest length
float SetLength(float length);
/// Get the minimum length
float GetMinLength() const { return m_minLength; }
/// Set the minimum length
/// @returns the clamped minimum length
float SetMinLength(float minLength);
/// Get the maximum length
float GetMaxLength() const { return m_maxLength; }
/// Set the maximum length
/// @returns the clamped maximum length
float SetMaxLength(float maxLength);
/// Get the current length
float GetCurrentLength() const;
/// Set/get the linear stiffness in N/m
void SetStiffness(float stiffness) { m_stiffness = stiffness; }
float GetStiffness() const { return m_stiffness; }
/// Set/get linear damping in N*s/m
void SetDamping(float damping) { m_damping = damping; }
float GetDamping() const { return m_damping; }
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump() override;
///
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2DistanceJoint(const b2DistanceJointDef* data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
float m_stiffness;
float m_damping;
float m_bias;
float m_length;
float m_minLength;
float m_maxLength;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
float m_gamma;
float m_impulse;
float m_lowerImpulse;
float m_upperImpulse;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_u;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float m_currentLength;
float m_invMassA;
float m_invMassB;
float m_invIA;
float m_invIB;
float m_softMass;
float m_mass;
};
#endif
+102
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_DRAW_H
#define B2_DRAW_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
/// Color for debug drawing. Each value has the range [0,1].
struct B2_API b2Color
{
b2Color() {}
b2Color(float rIn, float gIn, float bIn, float aIn = 1.0f)
{
r = rIn; g = gIn; b = bIn; a = aIn;
}
void Set(float rIn, float gIn, float bIn, float aIn = 1.0f)
{
r = rIn; g = gIn; b = bIn; a = aIn;
}
float r, g, b, a;
};
/// Implement and register this class with a b2World to provide debug drawing of physics
/// entities in your game.
class B2_API b2Draw
{
public:
b2Draw();
virtual ~b2Draw() {}
enum
{
e_shapeBit = 0x0001, ///< draw shapes
e_jointBit = 0x0002, ///< draw joint connections
e_aabbBit = 0x0004, ///< draw axis aligned bounding boxes
e_pairBit = 0x0008, ///< draw broad-phase pairs
e_centerOfMassBit = 0x0010 ///< draw center of mass frame
};
/// Set the drawing flags.
void SetFlags(uint32 flags);
/// Get the drawing flags.
uint32 GetFlags() const;
/// Append flags to the current flags.
void AppendFlags(uint32 flags);
/// Clear flags from the current flags.
void ClearFlags(uint32 flags);
/// Draw a closed polygon provided in CCW order.
virtual void DrawPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a solid closed polygon provided in CCW order.
virtual void DrawSolidPolygon(const b2Vec2* vertices, int32 vertexCount, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a circle.
virtual void DrawCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float radius, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a solid circle.
virtual void DrawSolidCircle(const b2Vec2& center, float radius, const b2Vec2& axis, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a line segment.
virtual void DrawSegment(const b2Vec2& p1, const b2Vec2& p2, const b2Color& color) = 0;
/// Draw a transform. Choose your own length scale.
/// @param xf a transform.
virtual void DrawTransform(const b2Transform& xf) = 0;
/// Draw a point.
virtual void DrawPoint(const b2Vec2& p, float size, const b2Color& color) = 0;
protected:
uint32 m_drawFlags;
};
#endif
@@ -1,31 +1,36 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
#define B2_DYNAMIC_TREE_H
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2GrowableStack.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_collision.h"
#include "b2_growable_stack.h"
#define b2_nullNode (-1)
/// A node in the dynamic tree. The client does not interact with this directly.
struct b2TreeNode
struct B2_API b2TreeNode
{
bool IsLeaf() const
{
@@ -48,6 +53,8 @@ struct b2TreeNode
// leaf = 0, free node = -1
int32 height;
bool moved;
};
/// A dynamic AABB tree broad-phase, inspired by Nathanael Presson's btDbvt.
@@ -58,7 +65,7 @@ struct b2TreeNode
/// object to move by small amounts without triggering a tree update.
///
/// Nodes are pooled and relocatable, so we use node indices rather than pointers.
class b2DynamicTree
class B2_API b2DynamicTree
{
public:
/// Constructing the tree initializes the node pool.
@@ -83,6 +90,9 @@ public:
/// @return the proxy user data or 0 if the id is invalid.
void* GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const;
bool WasMoved(int32 proxyId) const;
void ClearMoved(int32 proxyId);
/// Get the fat AABB for a proxy.
const b2AABB& GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const;
@@ -113,7 +123,7 @@ public:
int32 GetMaxBalance() const;
/// Get the ratio of the sum of the node areas to the root area.
float32 GetAreaRatio() const;
float GetAreaRatio() const;
/// Build an optimal tree. Very expensive. For testing.
void RebuildBottomUp();
@@ -147,9 +157,6 @@ private:
int32 m_freeList;
/// This is used to incrementally traverse the tree for re-balancing.
uint32 m_path;
int32 m_insertionCount;
};
@@ -159,6 +166,18 @@ inline void* b2DynamicTree::GetUserData(int32 proxyId) const
return m_nodes[proxyId].userData;
}
inline bool b2DynamicTree::WasMoved(int32 proxyId) const
{
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
return m_nodes[proxyId].moved;
}
inline void b2DynamicTree::ClearMoved(int32 proxyId)
{
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
m_nodes[proxyId].moved = false;
}
inline const b2AABB& b2DynamicTree::GetFatAABB(int32 proxyId) const
{
b2Assert(0 <= proxyId && proxyId < m_nodeCapacity);
@@ -216,7 +235,7 @@ inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) con
// Separating axis for segment (Gino, p80).
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
float32 maxFraction = input.maxFraction;
float maxFraction = input.maxFraction;
// Build a bounding box for the segment.
b2AABB segmentAABB;
@@ -248,7 +267,7 @@ inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) con
// |dot(v, p1 - c)| > dot(|v|, h)
b2Vec2 c = node->aabb.GetCenter();
b2Vec2 h = node->aabb.GetExtents();
float32 separation = b2Abs(b2Dot(v, p1 - c)) - b2Dot(abs_v, h);
float separation = b2Abs(b2Dot(v, p1 - c)) - b2Dot(abs_v, h);
if (separation > 0.0f)
{
continue;
@@ -261,7 +280,7 @@ inline void b2DynamicTree::RayCast(T* callback, const b2RayCastInput& input) con
subInput.p2 = input.p2;
subInput.maxFraction = maxFraction;
float32 value = callback->RayCastCallback(subInput, nodeId);
float value = callback->RayCastCallback(subInput, nodeId);
if (value == 0.0f)
{
+86
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
#define B2_EDGE_SHAPE_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_shape.h"
/// A line segment (edge) shape. These can be connected in chains or loops
/// to other edge shapes. Edges created independently are two-sided and do
/// no provide smooth movement across junctions.
class B2_API b2EdgeShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2EdgeShape();
/// Set this as a part of a sequence. Vertex v0 precedes the edge and vertex v3
/// follows. These extra vertices are used to provide smooth movement
/// across junctions. This also makes the collision one-sided. The edge
/// normal points to the right looking from v1 to v2.
void SetOneSided(const b2Vec2& v0, const b2Vec2& v1,const b2Vec2& v2, const b2Vec2& v3);
/// Set this as an isolated edge. Collision is two-sided.
void SetTwoSided(const b2Vec2& v1, const b2Vec2& v2);
/// Implement b2Shape.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const override;
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const override;
/// Implement b2Shape.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const override;
/// These are the edge vertices
b2Vec2 m_vertex1, m_vertex2;
/// Optional adjacent vertices. These are used for smooth collision.
b2Vec2 m_vertex0, m_vertex3;
/// Uses m_vertex0 and m_vertex3 to create smooth collision.
bool m_oneSided;
};
inline b2EdgeShape::b2EdgeShape()
{
m_type = e_edge;
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
m_vertex0.x = 0.0f;
m_vertex0.y = 0.0f;
m_vertex3.x = 0.0f;
m_vertex3.y = 0.0f;
m_oneSided = false;
}
#endif
@@ -1,27 +1,32 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_FIXTURE_H
#define B2_FIXTURE_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/b2Body.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/Shapes/b2Shape.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_body.h"
#include "b2_collision.h"
#include "b2_shape.h"
class b2BlockAllocator;
class b2Body;
@@ -29,7 +34,7 @@ class b2BroadPhase;
class b2Fixture;
/// This holds contact filtering data.
struct b2Filter
struct B2_API b2Filter
{
b2Filter()
{
@@ -53,15 +58,15 @@ struct b2Filter
/// A fixture definition is used to create a fixture. This class defines an
/// abstract fixture definition. You can reuse fixture definitions safely.
struct b2FixtureDef
struct B2_API b2FixtureDef
{
/// The constructor sets the default fixture definition values.
b2FixtureDef()
{
shape = NULL;
userData = NULL;
shape = nullptr;
friction = 0.2f;
restitution = 0.0f;
restitutionThreshold = 1.0f * b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter;
density = 0.0f;
isSensor = false;
}
@@ -71,16 +76,20 @@ struct b2FixtureDef
const b2Shape* shape;
/// Use this to store application specific fixture data.
void* userData;
b2FixtureUserData userData;
/// The friction coefficient, usually in the range [0,1].
float32 friction;
float friction;
/// The restitution (elasticity) usually in the range [0,1].
float32 restitution;
float restitution;
/// Restitution velocity threshold, usually in m/s. Collisions above this
/// speed have restitution applied (will bounce).
float restitutionThreshold;
/// The density, usually in kg/m^2.
float32 density;
float density;
/// A sensor shape collects contact information but never generates a collision
/// response.
@@ -91,7 +100,7 @@ struct b2FixtureDef
};
/// This proxy is used internally to connect fixtures to the broad-phase.
struct b2FixtureProxy
struct B2_API b2FixtureProxy
{
b2AABB aabb;
b2Fixture* fixture;
@@ -104,7 +113,7 @@ struct b2FixtureProxy
/// such as friction, collision filters, etc.
/// Fixtures are created via b2Body::CreateFixture.
/// @warning you cannot reuse fixtures.
class b2Fixture
class B2_API b2Fixture
{
public:
/// Get the type of the child shape. You can use this to down cast to the concrete shape.
@@ -135,7 +144,7 @@ public:
/// Call this if you want to establish collision that was previously disabled by b2ContactFilter::ShouldCollide.
void Refilter();
/// Get the parent body of this fixture. This is NULL if the fixture is not attached.
/// Get the parent body of this fixture. This is nullptr if the fixture is not attached.
/// @return the parent body.
b2Body* GetBody();
const b2Body* GetBody() const;
@@ -147,10 +156,7 @@ public:
/// Get the user data that was assigned in the fixture definition. Use this to
/// store your application specific data.
void* GetUserData() const;
/// Set the user data. Use this to store your application specific data.
void SetUserData(void* data);
b2FixtureUserData& GetUserData();
/// Test a point for containment in this fixture.
/// @param p a point in world coordinates.
@@ -159,6 +165,7 @@ public:
/// Cast a ray against this shape.
/// @param output the ray-cast results.
/// @param input the ray-cast input parameters.
/// @param childIndex the child shape index (e.g. edge index)
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input, int32 childIndex) const;
/// Get the mass data for this fixture. The mass data is based on the density and
@@ -168,24 +175,31 @@ public:
/// Set the density of this fixture. This will _not_ automatically adjust the mass
/// of the body. You must call b2Body::ResetMassData to update the body's mass.
void SetDensity(float32 density);
void SetDensity(float density);
/// Get the density of this fixture.
float32 GetDensity() const;
float GetDensity() const;
/// Get the coefficient of friction.
float32 GetFriction() const;
float GetFriction() const;
/// Set the coefficient of friction. This will _not_ change the friction of
/// existing contacts.
void SetFriction(float32 friction);
void SetFriction(float friction);
/// Get the coefficient of restitution.
float32 GetRestitution() const;
float GetRestitution() const;
/// Set the coefficient of restitution. This will _not_ change the restitution of
/// existing contacts.
void SetRestitution(float32 restitution);
void SetRestitution(float restitution);
/// Get the restitution velocity threshold.
float GetRestitutionThreshold() const;
/// Set the restitution threshold. This will _not_ change the restitution threshold of
/// existing contacts.
void SetRestitutionThreshold(float threshold);
/// Get the fixture's AABB. This AABB may be enlarge and/or stale.
/// If you need a more accurate AABB, compute it using the shape and
@@ -215,15 +229,16 @@ protected:
void Synchronize(b2BroadPhase* broadPhase, const b2Transform& xf1, const b2Transform& xf2);
float32 m_density;
float m_density;
b2Fixture* m_next;
b2Body* m_body;
b2Shape* m_shape;
float32 m_friction;
float32 m_restitution;
float m_friction;
float m_restitution;
float m_restitutionThreshold;
b2FixtureProxy* m_proxies;
int32 m_proxyCount;
@@ -232,7 +247,7 @@ protected:
bool m_isSensor;
void* m_userData;
b2FixtureUserData m_userData;
};
inline b2Shape::Type b2Fixture::GetType() const
@@ -260,16 +275,11 @@ inline const b2Filter& b2Fixture::GetFilterData() const
return m_filter;
}
inline void* b2Fixture::GetUserData() const
inline b2FixtureUserData& b2Fixture::GetUserData()
{
return m_userData;
}
inline void b2Fixture::SetUserData(void* data)
{
m_userData = data;
}
inline b2Body* b2Fixture::GetBody()
{
return m_body;
@@ -290,37 +300,47 @@ inline const b2Fixture* b2Fixture::GetNext() const
return m_next;
}
inline void b2Fixture::SetDensity(float32 density)
inline void b2Fixture::SetDensity(float density)
{
b2Assert(b2IsValid(density) && density >= 0.0f);
m_density = density;
}
inline float32 b2Fixture::GetDensity() const
inline float b2Fixture::GetDensity() const
{
return m_density;
}
inline float32 b2Fixture::GetFriction() const
inline float b2Fixture::GetFriction() const
{
return m_friction;
}
inline void b2Fixture::SetFriction(float32 friction)
inline void b2Fixture::SetFriction(float friction)
{
m_friction = friction;
}
inline float32 b2Fixture::GetRestitution() const
inline float b2Fixture::GetRestitution() const
{
return m_restitution;
}
inline void b2Fixture::SetRestitution(float32 restitution)
inline void b2Fixture::SetRestitution(float restitution)
{
m_restitution = restitution;
}
inline float b2Fixture::GetRestitutionThreshold() const
{
return m_restitutionThreshold;
}
inline void b2Fixture::SetRestitutionThreshold(float threshold)
{
m_restitutionThreshold = threshold;
}
inline bool b2Fixture::TestPoint(const b2Vec2& p) const
{
return m_shape->TestPoint(m_body->GetTransform(), p);
+124
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
#define B2_FRICTION_JOINT_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_joint.h"
/// Friction joint definition.
struct B2_API b2FrictionJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2FrictionJointDef()
{
type = e_frictionJoint;
localAnchorA.SetZero();
localAnchorB.SetZero();
maxForce = 0.0f;
maxTorque = 0.0f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies, anchors, axis, and reference angle using the world
/// anchor and world axis.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB, const b2Vec2& anchor);
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorA;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The maximum friction force in N.
float maxForce;
/// The maximum friction torque in N-m.
float maxTorque;
};
/// Friction joint. This is used for top-down friction.
/// It provides 2D translational friction and angular friction.
class B2_API b2FrictionJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyB's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
void SetMaxForce(float force);
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
float GetMaxForce() const;
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
void SetMaxTorque(float torque);
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
float GetMaxTorque() const;
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump() override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2FrictionJoint(const b2FrictionJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
float m_angularImpulse;
float m_maxForce;
float m_maxTorque;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float m_invMassA;
float m_invMassB;
float m_invIA;
float m_invIB;
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
float m_angularMass;
};
#endif
+130
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
#define B2_GEAR_JOINT_H
#include "b2_joint.h"
/// Gear joint definition. This definition requires two existing
/// revolute or prismatic joints (any combination will work).
/// @warning bodyB on the input joints must both be dynamic
struct B2_API b2GearJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2GearJointDef()
{
type = e_gearJoint;
joint1 = nullptr;
joint2 = nullptr;
ratio = 1.0f;
}
/// The first revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
b2Joint* joint1;
/// The second revolute/prismatic joint attached to the gear joint.
b2Joint* joint2;
/// The gear ratio.
/// @see b2GearJoint for explanation.
float ratio;
};
/// A gear joint is used to connect two joints together. Either joint
/// can be a revolute or prismatic joint. You specify a gear ratio
/// to bind the motions together:
/// coordinate1 + ratio * coordinate2 = constant
/// The ratio can be negative or positive. If one joint is a revolute joint
/// and the other joint is a prismatic joint, then the ratio will have units
/// of length or units of 1/length.
/// @warning You have to manually destroy the gear joint if joint1 or joint2
/// is destroyed.
class B2_API b2GearJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Get the first joint.
b2Joint* GetJoint1() { return m_joint1; }
/// Get the second joint.
b2Joint* GetJoint2() { return m_joint2; }
/// Set/Get the gear ratio.
void SetRatio(float ratio);
float GetRatio() const;
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump() override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2GearJoint(const b2GearJointDef* data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
b2Joint* m_joint1;
b2Joint* m_joint2;
b2JointType m_typeA;
b2JointType m_typeB;
// Body A is connected to body C
// Body B is connected to body D
b2Body* m_bodyC;
b2Body* m_bodyD;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorC;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorD;
b2Vec2 m_localAxisC;
b2Vec2 m_localAxisD;
float m_referenceAngleA;
float m_referenceAngleB;
float m_constant;
float m_ratio;
float m_impulse;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA, m_indexB, m_indexC, m_indexD;
b2Vec2 m_lcA, m_lcB, m_lcC, m_lcD;
float m_mA, m_mB, m_mC, m_mD;
float m_iA, m_iB, m_iC, m_iD;
b2Vec2 m_JvAC, m_JvBD;
float m_JwA, m_JwB, m_JwC, m_JwD;
float m_mass;
};
#endif
+91
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
#define B2_GROWABLE_STACK_H
#include <string.h>
#include "b2_settings.h"
/// This is a growable LIFO stack with an initial capacity of N.
/// If the stack size exceeds the initial capacity, the heap is used
/// to increase the size of the stack.
template <typename T, int32 N>
class b2GrowableStack
{
public:
b2GrowableStack()
{
m_stack = m_array;
m_count = 0;
m_capacity = N;
}
~b2GrowableStack()
{
if (m_stack != m_array)
{
b2Free(m_stack);
m_stack = nullptr;
}
}
void Push(const T& element)
{
if (m_count == m_capacity)
{
T* old = m_stack;
m_capacity *= 2;
m_stack = (T*)b2Alloc(m_capacity * sizeof(T));
memcpy(m_stack, old, m_count * sizeof(T));
if (old != m_array)
{
b2Free(old);
}
}
m_stack[m_count] = element;
++m_count;
}
T Pop()
{
b2Assert(m_count > 0);
--m_count;
return m_stack[m_count];
}
int32 GetCount()
{
return m_count;
}
private:
T* m_stack;
T m_array[N];
int32 m_count;
int32 m_capacity;
};
#endif
@@ -1,27 +1,33 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_JOINT_H
#define B2_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
class b2Body;
class b2Draw;
class b2Joint;
struct b2SolverData;
class b2BlockAllocator;
@@ -42,19 +48,11 @@ enum b2JointType
e_motorJoint
};
enum b2LimitState
{
e_inactiveLimit,
e_atLowerLimit,
e_atUpperLimit,
e_equalLimits
};
struct b2Jacobian
struct B2_API b2Jacobian
{
b2Vec2 linear;
float32 angularA;
float32 angularB;
float angularA;
float angularB;
};
/// A joint edge is used to connect bodies and joints together
@@ -62,7 +60,7 @@ struct b2Jacobian
/// is an edge. A joint edge belongs to a doubly linked list
/// maintained in each attached body. Each joint has two joint
/// nodes, one for each attached body.
struct b2JointEdge
struct B2_API b2JointEdge
{
b2Body* other; ///< provides quick access to the other body attached.
b2Joint* joint; ///< the joint
@@ -71,14 +69,13 @@ struct b2JointEdge
};
/// Joint definitions are used to construct joints.
struct b2JointDef
struct B2_API b2JointDef
{
b2JointDef()
{
type = e_unknownJoint;
userData = NULL;
bodyA = NULL;
bodyB = NULL;
bodyA = nullptr;
bodyB = nullptr;
collideConnected = false;
}
@@ -86,7 +83,7 @@ struct b2JointDef
b2JointType type;
/// Use this to attach application specific data to your joints.
void* userData;
b2JointUserData userData;
/// The first attached body.
b2Body* bodyA;
@@ -98,9 +95,19 @@ struct b2JointDef
bool collideConnected;
};
/// Utility to compute linear stiffness values from frequency and damping ratio
B2_API void b2LinearStiffness(float& stiffness, float& damping,
float frequencyHertz, float dampingRatio,
const b2Body* bodyA, const b2Body* bodyB);
/// Utility to compute rotational stiffness values frequency and damping ratio
B2_API void b2AngularStiffness(float& stiffness, float& damping,
float frequencyHertz, float dampingRatio,
const b2Body* bodyA, const b2Body* bodyB);
/// The base joint class. Joints are used to constraint two bodies together in
/// various fashions. Some joints also feature limits and motors.
class b2Joint
class B2_API b2Joint
{
public:
@@ -120,23 +127,20 @@ public:
virtual b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const = 0;
/// Get the reaction force on bodyB at the joint anchor in Newtons.
virtual b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const = 0;
virtual b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const = 0;
/// Get the reaction torque on bodyB in N*m.
virtual float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const = 0;
virtual float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const = 0;
/// Get the next joint the world joint list.
b2Joint* GetNext();
const b2Joint* GetNext() const;
/// Get the user data pointer.
void* GetUserData() const;
b2JointUserData& GetUserData();
/// Set the user data pointer.
void SetUserData(void* data);
/// Short-cut function to determine if either body is inactive.
bool IsActive() const;
/// Short-cut function to determine if either body is enabled.
bool IsEnabled() const;
/// Get collide connected.
/// Note: modifying the collide connect flag won't work correctly because
@@ -144,11 +148,14 @@ public:
bool GetCollideConnected() const;
/// Dump this joint to the log file.
virtual void Dump() { b2Log("// Dump is not supported for this joint type.\n"); }
virtual void Dump() { b2Dump("// Dump is not supported for this joint type.\n"); }
/// Shift the origin for any points stored in world coordinates.
virtual void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin) { B2_NOT_USED(newOrigin); }
/// Debug draw this joint
virtual void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const;
protected:
friend class b2World;
friend class b2Body;
@@ -180,7 +187,7 @@ protected:
bool m_islandFlag;
bool m_collideConnected;
void* m_userData;
b2JointUserData m_userData;
};
inline b2JointType b2Joint::GetType() const
@@ -208,16 +215,11 @@ inline const b2Joint* b2Joint::GetNext() const
return m_next;
}
inline void* b2Joint::GetUserData() const
inline b2JointUserData& b2Joint::GetUserData()
{
return m_userData;
}
inline void b2Joint::SetUserData(void* data)
{
m_userData = data;
}
inline bool b2Joint::GetCollideConnected() const
{
return m_collideConnected;
@@ -1,80 +1,69 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_MATH_H
#define B2_MATH_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Settings.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <cmath>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_settings.h"
/// This function is used to ensure that a floating point number is not a NaN or infinity.
inline bool b2IsValid(float32 x)
inline bool b2IsValid(float x)
{
int32 ix = *reinterpret_cast<int32*>(&x);
return (ix & 0x7f800000) != 0x7f800000;
}
/// This is a approximate yet fast inverse square-root.
inline float32 b2InvSqrt(float32 x)
{
union
{
float32 x;
int32 i;
} convert;
convert.x = x;
float32 xhalf = 0.5f * x;
convert.i = 0x5f3759df - (convert.i >> 1);
x = convert.x;
x = x * (1.5f - xhalf * x * x);
return x;
return std::isfinite(x);
}
#define b2Sqrt(x) sqrtf(x)
#define b2Atan2(y, x) atan2f(y, x)
/// A 2D column vector.
struct b2Vec2
struct B2_API b2Vec2
{
/// Default constructor does nothing (for performance).
b2Vec2() {}
/// Construct using coordinates.
b2Vec2(float32 x, float32 y) : x(x), y(y) {}
b2Vec2(float xIn, float yIn) : x(xIn), y(yIn) {}
/// Set this vector to all zeros.
void SetZero() { x = 0.0f; y = 0.0f; }
/// Set this vector to some specified coordinates.
void Set(float32 x_, float32 y_) { x = x_; y = y_; }
void Set(float x_, float y_) { x = x_; y = y_; }
/// Negate this vector.
b2Vec2 operator -() const { b2Vec2 v; v.Set(-x, -y); return v; }
/// Read from and indexed element.
float32 operator () (int32 i) const
float operator () (int32 i) const
{
return (&x)[i];
}
/// Write to an indexed element.
float32& operator () (int32 i)
float& operator () (int32 i)
{
return (&x)[i];
}
@@ -84,7 +73,7 @@ struct b2Vec2
{
x += v.x; y += v.y;
}
/// Subtract a vector from this vector.
void operator -= (const b2Vec2& v)
{
@@ -92,33 +81,33 @@ struct b2Vec2
}
/// Multiply this vector by a scalar.
void operator *= (float32 a)
void operator *= (float a)
{
x *= a; y *= a;
}
/// Get the length of this vector (the norm).
float32 Length() const
float Length() const
{
return b2Sqrt(x * x + y * y);
}
/// Get the length squared. For performance, use this instead of
/// b2Vec2::Length (if possible).
float32 LengthSquared() const
float LengthSquared() const
{
return x * x + y * y;
}
/// Convert this vector into a unit vector. Returns the length.
float32 Normalize()
float Normalize()
{
float32 length = Length();
float length = Length();
if (length < b2_epsilon)
{
return 0.0f;
}
float32 invLength = 1.0f / length;
float invLength = 1.0f / length;
x *= invLength;
y *= invLength;
@@ -137,23 +126,23 @@ struct b2Vec2
return b2Vec2(-y, x);
}
float32 x, y;
float x, y;
};
/// A 2D column vector with 3 elements.
struct b2Vec3
struct B2_API b2Vec3
{
/// Default constructor does nothing (for performance).
b2Vec3() {}
/// Construct using coordinates.
b2Vec3(float32 x, float32 y, float32 z) : x(x), y(y), z(z) {}
b2Vec3(float xIn, float yIn, float zIn) : x(xIn), y(yIn), z(zIn) {}
/// Set this vector to all zeros.
void SetZero() { x = 0.0f; y = 0.0f; z = 0.0f; }
/// Set this vector to some specified coordinates.
void Set(float32 x_, float32 y_, float32 z_) { x = x_; y = y_; z = z_; }
void Set(float x_, float y_, float z_) { x = x_; y = y_; z = z_; }
/// Negate this vector.
b2Vec3 operator -() const { b2Vec3 v; v.Set(-x, -y, -z); return v; }
@@ -171,16 +160,16 @@ struct b2Vec3
}
/// Multiply this vector by a scalar.
void operator *= (float32 s)
void operator *= (float s)
{
x *= s; y *= s; z *= s;
}
float32 x, y, z;
float x, y, z;
};
/// A 2-by-2 matrix. Stored in column-major order.
struct b2Mat22
struct B2_API b2Mat22
{
/// The default constructor does nothing (for performance).
b2Mat22() {}
@@ -193,7 +182,7 @@ struct b2Mat22
}
/// Construct this matrix using scalars.
b2Mat22(float32 a11, float32 a12, float32 a21, float32 a22)
b2Mat22(float a11, float a12, float a21, float a22)
{
ex.x = a11; ex.y = a21;
ey.x = a12; ey.y = a22;
@@ -222,9 +211,9 @@ struct b2Mat22
b2Mat22 GetInverse() const
{
float32 a = ex.x, b = ey.x, c = ex.y, d = ey.y;
float a = ex.x, b = ey.x, c = ex.y, d = ey.y;
b2Mat22 B;
float32 det = a * d - b * c;
float det = a * d - b * c;
if (det != 0.0f)
{
det = 1.0f / det;
@@ -238,8 +227,8 @@ struct b2Mat22
/// than computing the inverse in one-shot cases.
b2Vec2 Solve(const b2Vec2& b) const
{
float32 a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a21 = ex.y, a22 = ey.y;
float32 det = a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
float a11 = ex.x, a12 = ey.x, a21 = ex.y, a22 = ey.y;
float det = a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
if (det != 0.0f)
{
det = 1.0f / det;
@@ -254,7 +243,7 @@ struct b2Mat22
};
/// A 3-by-3 matrix. Stored in column-major order.
struct b2Mat33
struct B2_API b2Mat33
{
/// The default constructor does nothing (for performance).
b2Mat33() {}
@@ -296,12 +285,12 @@ struct b2Mat33
};
/// Rotation
struct b2Rot
struct B2_API b2Rot
{
b2Rot() {}
/// Initialize from an angle in radians
explicit b2Rot(float32 angle)
explicit b2Rot(float angle)
{
/// TODO_ERIN optimize
s = sinf(angle);
@@ -309,7 +298,7 @@ struct b2Rot
}
/// Set using an angle in radians.
void Set(float32 angle)
void Set(float angle)
{
/// TODO_ERIN optimize
s = sinf(angle);
@@ -324,7 +313,7 @@ struct b2Rot
}
/// Get the angle in radians
float32 GetAngle() const
float GetAngle() const
{
return b2Atan2(s, c);
}
@@ -342,12 +331,12 @@ struct b2Rot
}
/// Sine and cosine
float32 s, c;
float s, c;
};
/// A transform contains translation and rotation. It is used to represent
/// the position and orientation of rigid frames.
struct b2Transform
struct B2_API b2Transform
{
/// The default constructor does nothing.
b2Transform() {}
@@ -363,7 +352,7 @@ struct b2Transform
}
/// Set this based on the position and angle.
void Set(const b2Vec2& position, float32 angle)
void Set(const b2Vec2& position, float angle)
{
p = position;
q.Set(angle);
@@ -377,53 +366,54 @@ struct b2Transform
/// Shapes are defined with respect to the body origin, which may
/// no coincide with the center of mass. However, to support dynamics
/// we must interpolate the center of mass position.
struct b2Sweep
struct B2_API b2Sweep
{
/// Get the interpolated transform at a specific time.
/// @param transform the output transform
/// @param beta is a factor in [0,1], where 0 indicates alpha0.
void GetTransform(b2Transform* xfb, float32 beta) const;
void GetTransform(b2Transform* transform, float beta) const;
/// Advance the sweep forward, yielding a new initial state.
/// @param alpha the new initial time.
void Advance(float32 alpha);
void Advance(float alpha);
/// Normalize the angles.
void Normalize();
b2Vec2 localCenter; ///< local center of mass position
b2Vec2 c0, c; ///< center world positions
float32 a0, a; ///< world angles
float a0, a; ///< world angles
/// Fraction of the current time step in the range [0,1]
/// c0 and a0 are the positions at alpha0.
float32 alpha0;
float alpha0;
};
/// Useful constant
extern const b2Vec2 b2Vec2_zero;
extern B2_API const b2Vec2 b2Vec2_zero;
/// Perform the dot product on two vectors.
inline float32 b2Dot(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
inline float b2Dot(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
{
return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y;
}
/// Perform the cross product on two vectors. In 2D this produces a scalar.
inline float32 b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
inline float b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
{
return a.x * b.y - a.y * b.x;
}
/// Perform the cross product on a vector and a scalar. In 2D this produces
/// a vector.
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, float32 s)
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(const b2Vec2& a, float s)
{
return b2Vec2(s * a.y, -s * a.x);
}
/// Perform the cross product on a scalar and a vector. In 2D this produces
/// a vector.
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(float32 s, const b2Vec2& a)
inline b2Vec2 b2Cross(float s, const b2Vec2& a)
{
return b2Vec2(-s * a.y, s * a.x);
}
@@ -454,7 +444,7 @@ inline b2Vec2 operator - (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
return b2Vec2(a.x - b.x, a.y - b.y);
}
inline b2Vec2 operator * (float32 s, const b2Vec2& a)
inline b2Vec2 operator * (float s, const b2Vec2& a)
{
return b2Vec2(s * a.x, s * a.y);
}
@@ -464,19 +454,24 @@ inline bool operator == (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
return a.x == b.x && a.y == b.y;
}
inline float32 b2Distance(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
inline bool operator != (const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
{
return a.x != b.x || a.y != b.y;
}
inline float b2Distance(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
{
b2Vec2 c = a - b;
return c.Length();
}
inline float32 b2DistanceSquared(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
inline float b2DistanceSquared(const b2Vec2& a, const b2Vec2& b)
{
b2Vec2 c = a - b;
return b2Dot(c, c);
}
inline b2Vec3 operator * (float32 s, const b2Vec3& a)
inline b2Vec3 operator * (float s, const b2Vec3& a)
{
return b2Vec3(s * a.x, s * a.y, s * a.z);
}
@@ -494,7 +489,7 @@ inline b2Vec3 operator - (const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
}
/// Perform the dot product on two vectors.
inline float32 b2Dot(const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
inline float b2Dot(const b2Vec3& a, const b2Vec3& b)
{
return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y + a.z * b.z;
}
@@ -576,18 +571,18 @@ inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Rot& q, const b2Vec2& v)
inline b2Vec2 b2Mul(const b2Transform& T, const b2Vec2& v)
{
float32 x = (T.q.c * v.x - T.q.s * v.y) + T.p.x;
float32 y = (T.q.s * v.x + T.q.c * v.y) + T.p.y;
float x = (T.q.c * v.x - T.q.s * v.y) + T.p.x;
float y = (T.q.s * v.x + T.q.c * v.y) + T.p.y;
return b2Vec2(x, y);
}
inline b2Vec2 b2MulT(const b2Transform& T, const b2Vec2& v)
{
float32 px = v.x - T.p.x;
float32 py = v.y - T.p.y;
float32 x = (T.q.c * px + T.q.s * py);
float32 y = (-T.q.s * px + T.q.c * py);
float px = v.x - T.p.x;
float py = v.y - T.p.y;
float x = (T.q.c * px + T.q.s * py);
float y = (-T.q.s * px + T.q.c * py);
return b2Vec2(x, y);
}
@@ -689,20 +684,21 @@ inline bool b2IsPowerOfTwo(uint32 x)
return result;
}
inline void b2Sweep::GetTransform(b2Transform* xf, float32 beta) const
// https://fgiesen.wordpress.com/2012/08/15/linear-interpolation-past-present-and-future/
inline void b2Sweep::GetTransform(b2Transform* xf, float beta) const
{
xf->p = (1.0f - beta) * c0 + beta * c;
float32 angle = (1.0f - beta) * a0 + beta * a;
float angle = (1.0f - beta) * a0 + beta * a;
xf->q.Set(angle);
// Shift to origin
xf->p -= b2Mul(xf->q, localCenter);
}
inline void b2Sweep::Advance(float32 alpha)
inline void b2Sweep::Advance(float alpha)
{
b2Assert(alpha0 < 1.0f);
float32 beta = (alpha - alpha0) / (1.0f - alpha0);
float beta = (alpha - alpha0) / (1.0f - alpha0);
c0 += beta * (c - c0);
a0 += beta * (a - a0);
alpha0 = alpha;
@@ -711,8 +707,8 @@ inline void b2Sweep::Advance(float32 alpha)
/// Normalize an angle in radians to be between -pi and pi
inline void b2Sweep::Normalize()
{
float32 twoPi = 2.0f * b2_pi;
float32 d = twoPi * floorf(a0 / twoPi);
float twoPi = 2.0f * b2_pi;
float d = twoPi * floorf(a0 / twoPi);
a0 -= d;
a -= d;
}
+138
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
#define B2_MOTOR_JOINT_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_joint.h"
/// Motor joint definition.
struct B2_API b2MotorJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2MotorJointDef()
{
type = e_motorJoint;
linearOffset.SetZero();
angularOffset = 0.0f;
maxForce = 1.0f;
maxTorque = 1.0f;
correctionFactor = 0.3f;
}
/// Initialize the bodies and offsets using the current transforms.
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB);
/// Position of bodyB minus the position of bodyA, in bodyA's frame, in meters.
b2Vec2 linearOffset;
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in radians.
float angularOffset;
/// The maximum motor force in N.
float maxForce;
/// The maximum motor torque in N-m.
float maxTorque;
/// Position correction factor in the range [0,1].
float correctionFactor;
};
/// A motor joint is used to control the relative motion
/// between two bodies. A typical usage is to control the movement
/// of a dynamic body with respect to the ground.
class B2_API b2MotorJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Set/get the target linear offset, in frame A, in meters.
void SetLinearOffset(const b2Vec2& linearOffset);
const b2Vec2& GetLinearOffset() const;
/// Set/get the target angular offset, in radians.
void SetAngularOffset(float angularOffset);
float GetAngularOffset() const;
/// Set the maximum friction force in N.
void SetMaxForce(float force);
/// Get the maximum friction force in N.
float GetMaxForce() const;
/// Set the maximum friction torque in N*m.
void SetMaxTorque(float torque);
/// Get the maximum friction torque in N*m.
float GetMaxTorque() const;
/// Set the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
void SetCorrectionFactor(float factor);
/// Get the position correction factor in the range [0,1].
float GetCorrectionFactor() const;
/// Dump to b2Log
void Dump() override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2MotorJoint(const b2MotorJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_linearOffset;
float m_angularOffset;
b2Vec2 m_linearImpulse;
float m_angularImpulse;
float m_maxForce;
float m_maxTorque;
float m_correctionFactor;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_rA;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
b2Vec2 m_linearError;
float m_angularError;
float m_invMassA;
float m_invMassB;
float m_invIA;
float m_invIB;
b2Mat22 m_linearMass;
float m_angularMass;
};
#endif
+134
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
#define B2_MOUSE_JOINT_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_joint.h"
/// Mouse joint definition. This requires a world target point,
/// tuning parameters, and the time step.
struct B2_API b2MouseJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2MouseJointDef()
{
type = e_mouseJoint;
target.Set(0.0f, 0.0f);
maxForce = 0.0f;
stiffness = 0.0f;
damping = 0.0f;
}
/// The initial world target point. This is assumed
/// to coincide with the body anchor initially.
b2Vec2 target;
/// The maximum constraint force that can be exerted
/// to move the candidate body. Usually you will express
/// as some multiple of the weight (multiplier * mass * gravity).
float maxForce;
/// The linear stiffness in N/m
float stiffness;
/// The linear damping in N*s/m
float damping;
};
/// A mouse joint is used to make a point on a body track a
/// specified world point. This a soft constraint with a maximum
/// force. This allows the constraint to stretch and without
/// applying huge forces.
/// NOTE: this joint is not documented in the manual because it was
/// developed to be used in the testbed. If you want to learn how to
/// use the mouse joint, look at the testbed.
class B2_API b2MouseJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
/// Implements b2Joint.
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
/// Implements b2Joint.
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
/// Implements b2Joint.
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Implements b2Joint.
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Use this to update the target point.
void SetTarget(const b2Vec2& target);
const b2Vec2& GetTarget() const;
/// Set/get the maximum force in Newtons.
void SetMaxForce(float force);
float GetMaxForce() const;
/// Set/get the linear stiffness in N/m
void SetStiffness(float stiffness) { m_stiffness = stiffness; }
float GetStiffness() const { return m_stiffness; }
/// Set/get linear damping in N*s/m
void SetDamping(float damping) { m_damping = damping; }
float GetDamping() const { return m_damping; }
/// The mouse joint does not support dumping.
void Dump() override { b2Log("Mouse joint dumping is not supported.\n"); }
/// Implement b2Joint::ShiftOrigin
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin) override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2MouseJoint(const b2MouseJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
b2Vec2 m_targetA;
float m_stiffness;
float m_damping;
float m_beta;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_impulse;
float m_maxForce;
float m_gamma;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float m_invMassB;
float m_invIB;
b2Mat22 m_mass;
b2Vec2 m_C;
};
#endif
+95
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
#define B2_POLYGON_SHAPE_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_shape.h"
/// A solid convex polygon. It is assumed that the interior of the polygon is to
/// the left of each edge.
/// Polygons have a maximum number of vertices equal to b2_maxPolygonVertices.
/// In most cases you should not need many vertices for a convex polygon.
class B2_API b2PolygonShape : public b2Shape
{
public:
b2PolygonShape();
/// Implement b2Shape.
b2Shape* Clone(b2BlockAllocator* allocator) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::GetChildCount
int32 GetChildCount() const override;
/// Create a convex hull from the given array of local points.
/// The count must be in the range [3, b2_maxPolygonVertices].
/// @warning the points may be re-ordered, even if they form a convex polygon
/// @warning collinear points are handled but not removed. Collinear points
/// may lead to poor stacking behavior.
void Set(const b2Vec2* points, int32 count);
/// Build vertices to represent an axis-aligned box centered on the local origin.
/// @param hx the half-width.
/// @param hy the half-height.
void SetAsBox(float hx, float hy);
/// Build vertices to represent an oriented box.
/// @param hx the half-width.
/// @param hy the half-height.
/// @param center the center of the box in local coordinates.
/// @param angle the rotation of the box in local coordinates.
void SetAsBox(float hx, float hy, const b2Vec2& center, float angle);
/// @see b2Shape::TestPoint
bool TestPoint(const b2Transform& transform, const b2Vec2& p) const override;
/// Implement b2Shape.
/// @note because the polygon is solid, rays that start inside do not hit because the normal is
/// not defined.
bool RayCast(b2RayCastOutput* output, const b2RayCastInput& input,
const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeAABB
void ComputeAABB(b2AABB* aabb, const b2Transform& transform, int32 childIndex) const override;
/// @see b2Shape::ComputeMass
void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const override;
/// Validate convexity. This is a very time consuming operation.
/// @returns true if valid
bool Validate() const;
b2Vec2 m_centroid;
b2Vec2 m_vertices[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
b2Vec2 m_normals[b2_maxPolygonVertices];
int32 m_count;
};
inline b2PolygonShape::b2PolygonShape()
{
m_type = e_polygon;
m_radius = b2_polygonRadius;
m_count = 0;
m_centroid.SetZero();
}
#endif
@@ -1,25 +1,30 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_PRISMATIC_JOINT_H
#define B2_PRISMATIC_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_joint.h"
/// Prismatic joint definition. This requires defining a line of
/// motion using an axis and an anchor point. The definition uses local
@@ -27,7 +32,7 @@
/// can violate the constraint slightly. The joint translation is zero
/// when the local anchor points coincide in world space. Using local
/// anchors and a local axis helps when saving and loading a game.
struct b2PrismaticJointDef : public b2JointDef
struct B2_API b2PrismaticJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2PrismaticJointDef()
{
@@ -58,39 +63,39 @@ struct b2PrismaticJointDef : public b2JointDef
b2Vec2 localAxisA;
/// The constrained angle between the bodies: bodyB_angle - bodyA_angle.
float32 referenceAngle;
float referenceAngle;
/// Enable/disable the joint limit.
bool enableLimit;
/// The lower translation limit, usually in meters.
float32 lowerTranslation;
float lowerTranslation;
/// The upper translation limit, usually in meters.
float32 upperTranslation;
float upperTranslation;
/// Enable/disable the joint motor.
bool enableMotor;
/// The maximum motor torque, usually in N-m.
float32 maxMotorForce;
float maxMotorForce;
/// The desired motor speed in radians per second.
float32 motorSpeed;
float motorSpeed;
};
/// A prismatic joint. This joint provides one degree of freedom: translation
/// along an axis fixed in bodyA. Relative rotation is prevented. You can
/// use a joint limit to restrict the range of motion and a joint motor to
/// drive the motion or to model joint friction.
class b2PrismaticJoint : public b2Joint
class B2_API b2PrismaticJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
@@ -102,13 +107,13 @@ public:
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAxisA() const { return m_localXAxisA; }
/// Get the reference angle.
float32 GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
float GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
/// Get the current joint translation, usually in meters.
float32 GetJointTranslation() const;
float GetJointTranslation() const;
/// Get the current joint translation speed, usually in meters per second.
float32 GetJointSpeed() const;
float GetJointSpeed() const;
/// Is the joint limit enabled?
bool IsLimitEnabled() const;
@@ -117,13 +122,13 @@ public:
void EnableLimit(bool flag);
/// Get the lower joint limit, usually in meters.
float32 GetLowerLimit() const;
float GetLowerLimit() const;
/// Get the upper joint limit, usually in meters.
float32 GetUpperLimit() const;
float GetUpperLimit() const;
/// Set the joint limits, usually in meters.
void SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper);
void SetLimits(float lower, float upper);
/// Is the joint motor enabled?
bool IsMotorEnabled() const;
@@ -132,63 +137,67 @@ public:
void EnableMotor(bool flag);
/// Set the motor speed, usually in meters per second.
void SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed);
void SetMotorSpeed(float speed);
/// Get the motor speed, usually in meters per second.
float32 GetMotorSpeed() const;
float GetMotorSpeed() const;
/// Set the maximum motor force, usually in N.
void SetMaxMotorForce(float32 force);
float32 GetMaxMotorForce() const { return m_maxMotorForce; }
void SetMaxMotorForce(float force);
float GetMaxMotorForce() const { return m_maxMotorForce; }
/// Get the current motor force given the inverse time step, usually in N.
float32 GetMotorForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float GetMotorForce(float inv_dt) const;
/// Dump to b2Log
void Dump();
void Dump() override;
///
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
friend class b2GearJoint;
b2PrismaticJoint(const b2PrismaticJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
b2Vec2 m_localXAxisA;
b2Vec2 m_localYAxisA;
float32 m_referenceAngle;
b2Vec3 m_impulse;
float32 m_motorImpulse;
float32 m_lowerTranslation;
float32 m_upperTranslation;
float32 m_maxMotorForce;
float32 m_motorSpeed;
float m_referenceAngle;
b2Vec2 m_impulse;
float m_motorImpulse;
float m_lowerImpulse;
float m_upperImpulse;
float m_lowerTranslation;
float m_upperTranslation;
float m_maxMotorForce;
float m_motorSpeed;
bool m_enableLimit;
bool m_enableMotor;
b2LimitState m_limitState;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
int32 m_indexB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
float m_invMassA;
float m_invMassB;
float m_invIA;
float m_invIB;
b2Vec2 m_axis, m_perp;
float32 m_s1, m_s2;
float32 m_a1, m_a2;
b2Mat33 m_K;
float32 m_motorMass;
float m_s1, m_s2;
float m_a1, m_a2;
b2Mat22 m_K;
float m_translation;
float m_axialMass;
};
inline float32 b2PrismaticJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
inline float b2PrismaticJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
{
return m_motorSpeed;
}
@@ -1,31 +1,36 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_PULLEY_JOINT_H
#define B2_PULLEY_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_joint.h"
const float32 b2_minPulleyLength = 2.0f;
const float b2_minPulleyLength = 2.0f;
/// Pulley joint definition. This requires two ground anchors,
/// two dynamic body anchor points, and a pulley ratio.
struct b2PulleyJointDef : public b2JointDef
struct B2_API b2PulleyJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2PulleyJointDef()
{
@@ -44,7 +49,7 @@ struct b2PulleyJointDef : public b2JointDef
void Initialize(b2Body* bodyA, b2Body* bodyB,
const b2Vec2& groundAnchorA, const b2Vec2& groundAnchorB,
const b2Vec2& anchorA, const b2Vec2& anchorB,
float32 ratio);
float ratio);
/// The first ground anchor in world coordinates. This point never moves.
b2Vec2 groundAnchorA;
@@ -59,13 +64,13 @@ struct b2PulleyJointDef : public b2JointDef
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The a reference length for the segment attached to bodyA.
float32 lengthA;
float lengthA;
/// The a reference length for the segment attached to bodyB.
float32 lengthB;
float lengthB;
/// The pulley ratio, used to simulate a block-and-tackle.
float32 ratio;
float ratio;
};
/// The pulley joint is connected to two bodies and two fixed ground points.
@@ -76,14 +81,14 @@ struct b2PulleyJointDef : public b2JointDef
/// work better when combined with prismatic joints. You should also cover the
/// the anchor points with static shapes to prevent one side from going to
/// zero length.
class b2PulleyJoint : public b2Joint
class B2_API b2PulleyJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Get the first ground anchor.
b2Vec2 GetGroundAnchorA() const;
@@ -92,46 +97,46 @@ public:
b2Vec2 GetGroundAnchorB() const;
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyA.
float32 GetLengthA() const;
float GetLengthA() const;
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyB.
float32 GetLengthB() const;
float GetLengthB() const;
/// Get the pulley ratio.
float32 GetRatio() const;
float GetRatio() const;
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyA.
float32 GetCurrentLengthA() const;
float GetCurrentLengthA() const;
/// Get the current length of the segment attached to bodyB.
float32 GetCurrentLengthB() const;
float GetCurrentLengthB() const;
/// Dump joint to dmLog
void Dump();
void Dump() override;
/// Implement b2Joint::ShiftOrigin
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin);
void ShiftOrigin(const b2Vec2& newOrigin) override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
b2PulleyJoint(const b2PulleyJointDef* data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
b2Vec2 m_groundAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_groundAnchorB;
float32 m_lengthA;
float32 m_lengthB;
float m_lengthA;
float m_lengthB;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
float32 m_constant;
float32 m_ratio;
float32 m_impulse;
float m_constant;
float m_ratio;
float m_impulse;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
@@ -142,11 +147,11 @@ protected:
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
float32 m_mass;
float m_invMassA;
float m_invMassB;
float m_invIA;
float m_invIB;
float m_mass;
};
#endif
@@ -1,38 +1,42 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_REVOLUTE_JOINT_H
#define B2_REVOLUTE_JOINT_H
#include <Box2D/Dynamics/Joints/b2Joint.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_joint.h"
/// Revolute joint definition. This requires defining an
/// anchor point where the bodies are joined. The definition
/// uses local anchor points so that the initial configuration
/// can violate the constraint slightly. You also need to
/// specify the initial relative angle for joint limits. This
/// helps when saving and loading a game.
/// Revolute joint definition. This requires defining an anchor point where the
/// bodies are joined. The definition uses local anchor points so that the
/// initial configuration can violate the constraint slightly. You also need to
/// specify the initial relative angle for joint limits. This helps when saving
/// and loading a game.
/// The local anchor points are measured from the body's origin
/// rather than the center of mass because:
/// 1. you might not know where the center of mass will be.
/// 2. if you add/remove shapes from a body and recompute the mass,
/// the joints will be broken.
struct b2RevoluteJointDef : public b2JointDef
struct B2_API b2RevoluteJointDef : public b2JointDef
{
b2RevoluteJointDef()
{
@@ -59,26 +63,26 @@ struct b2RevoluteJointDef : public b2JointDef
b2Vec2 localAnchorB;
/// The bodyB angle minus bodyA angle in the reference state (radians).
float32 referenceAngle;
float referenceAngle;
/// A flag to enable joint limits.
bool enableLimit;
/// The lower angle for the joint limit (radians).
float32 lowerAngle;
float lowerAngle;
/// The upper angle for the joint limit (radians).
float32 upperAngle;
float upperAngle;
/// A flag to enable the joint motor.
bool enableMotor;
/// The desired motor speed. Usually in radians per second.
float32 motorSpeed;
float motorSpeed;
/// The maximum motor torque used to achieve the desired motor speed.
/// Usually in N-m.
float32 maxMotorTorque;
float maxMotorTorque;
};
/// A revolute joint constrains two bodies to share a common point while they
@@ -87,11 +91,11 @@ struct b2RevoluteJointDef : public b2JointDef
/// a joint limit that specifies a lower and upper angle. You can use a motor
/// to drive the relative rotation about the shared point. A maximum motor torque
/// is provided so that infinite forces are not generated.
class b2RevoluteJoint : public b2Joint
class B2_API b2RevoluteJoint : public b2Joint
{
public:
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorA() const override;
b2Vec2 GetAnchorB() const override;
/// The local anchor point relative to bodyA's origin.
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorA() const { return m_localAnchorA; }
@@ -100,13 +104,13 @@ public:
const b2Vec2& GetLocalAnchorB() const { return m_localAnchorB; }
/// Get the reference angle.
float32 GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
float GetReferenceAngle() const { return m_referenceAngle; }
/// Get the current joint angle in radians.
float32 GetJointAngle() const;
float GetJointAngle() const;
/// Get the current joint angle speed in radians per second.
float32 GetJointSpeed() const;
float GetJointSpeed() const;
/// Is the joint limit enabled?
bool IsLimitEnabled() const;
@@ -115,13 +119,13 @@ public:
void EnableLimit(bool flag);
/// Get the lower joint limit in radians.
float32 GetLowerLimit() const;
float GetLowerLimit() const;
/// Get the upper joint limit in radians.
float32 GetUpperLimit() const;
float GetUpperLimit() const;
/// Set the joint limits in radians.
void SetLimits(float32 lower, float32 upper);
void SetLimits(float lower, float upper);
/// Is the joint motor enabled?
bool IsMotorEnabled() const;
@@ -130,55 +134,58 @@ public:
void EnableMotor(bool flag);
/// Set the motor speed in radians per second.
void SetMotorSpeed(float32 speed);
void SetMotorSpeed(float speed);
/// Get the motor speed in radians per second.
float32 GetMotorSpeed() const;
float GetMotorSpeed() const;
/// Set the maximum motor torque, usually in N-m.
void SetMaxMotorTorque(float32 torque);
float32 GetMaxMotorTorque() const { return m_maxMotorTorque; }
void SetMaxMotorTorque(float torque);
float GetMaxMotorTorque() const { return m_maxMotorTorque; }
/// Get the reaction force given the inverse time step.
/// Unit is N.
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float32 inv_dt) const;
b2Vec2 GetReactionForce(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Get the reaction torque due to the joint limit given the inverse time step.
/// Unit is N*m.
float32 GetReactionTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
float GetReactionTorque(float inv_dt) const override;
/// Get the current motor torque given the inverse time step.
/// Unit is N*m.
float32 GetMotorTorque(float32 inv_dt) const;
float GetMotorTorque(float inv_dt) const;
/// Dump to b2Log.
void Dump();
void Dump() override;
///
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const override;
protected:
friend class b2Joint;
friend class b2GearJoint;
b2RevoluteJoint(const b2RevoluteJointDef* def);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data);
void InitVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
void SolveVelocityConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
bool SolvePositionConstraints(const b2SolverData& data) override;
// Solver shared
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorA;
b2Vec2 m_localAnchorB;
b2Vec3 m_impulse;
float32 m_motorImpulse;
b2Vec2 m_impulse;
float m_motorImpulse;
float m_lowerImpulse;
float m_upperImpulse;
bool m_enableMotor;
float32 m_maxMotorTorque;
float32 m_motorSpeed;
float m_maxMotorTorque;
float m_motorSpeed;
bool m_enableLimit;
float32 m_referenceAngle;
float32 m_lowerAngle;
float32 m_upperAngle;
float m_referenceAngle;
float m_lowerAngle;
float m_upperAngle;
// Solver temp
int32 m_indexA;
@@ -187,16 +194,16 @@ protected:
b2Vec2 m_rB;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterA;
b2Vec2 m_localCenterB;
float32 m_invMassA;
float32 m_invMassB;
float32 m_invIA;
float32 m_invIB;
b2Mat33 m_mass; // effective mass for point-to-point constraint.
float32 m_motorMass; // effective mass for motor/limit angular constraint.
b2LimitState m_limitState;
float m_invMassA;
float m_invMassB;
float m_invIA;
float m_invIB;
b2Mat22 m_K;
float m_angle;
float m_axialMass;
};
inline float32 b2RevoluteJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
inline float b2RevoluteJoint::GetMotorSpeed() const
{
return m_motorSpeed;
}
+153
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_ROPE_H
#define B2_ROPE_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
class b2Draw;
struct b2RopeStretch;
struct b2RopeBend;
enum b2StretchingModel
{
b2_pbdStretchingModel,
b2_xpbdStretchingModel
};
enum b2BendingModel
{
b2_springAngleBendingModel = 0,
b2_pbdAngleBendingModel,
b2_xpbdAngleBendingModel,
b2_pbdDistanceBendingModel,
b2_pbdHeightBendingModel,
b2_pbdTriangleBendingModel
};
///
struct B2_API b2RopeTuning
{
b2RopeTuning()
{
stretchingModel = b2_pbdStretchingModel;
bendingModel = b2_pbdAngleBendingModel;
damping = 0.0f;
stretchStiffness = 1.0f;
bendStiffness = 0.5f;
bendHertz = 1.0f;
bendDamping = 0.0f;
isometric = false;
fixedEffectiveMass = false;
warmStart = false;
}
b2StretchingModel stretchingModel;
b2BendingModel bendingModel;
float damping;
float stretchStiffness;
float stretchHertz;
float stretchDamping;
float bendStiffness;
float bendHertz;
float bendDamping;
bool isometric;
bool fixedEffectiveMass;
bool warmStart;
};
///
struct B2_API b2RopeDef
{
b2RopeDef()
{
position.SetZero();
vertices = nullptr;
count = 0;
masses = nullptr;
gravity.SetZero();
}
b2Vec2 position;
b2Vec2* vertices;
int32 count;
float* masses;
b2Vec2 gravity;
b2RopeTuning tuning;
};
///
class B2_API b2Rope
{
public:
b2Rope();
~b2Rope();
///
void Create(const b2RopeDef& def);
///
void SetTuning(const b2RopeTuning& tuning);
///
void Step(float timeStep, int32 iterations, const b2Vec2& position);
///
void Reset(const b2Vec2& position);
///
void Draw(b2Draw* draw) const;
private:
void SolveStretch_PBD();
void SolveStretch_XPBD(float dt);
void SolveBend_PBD_Angle();
void SolveBend_XPBD_Angle(float dt);
void SolveBend_PBD_Distance();
void SolveBend_PBD_Height();
void SolveBend_PBD_Triangle();
void ApplyBendForces(float dt);
b2Vec2 m_position;
int32 m_count;
int32 m_stretchCount;
int32 m_bendCount;
b2RopeStretch* m_stretchConstraints;
b2RopeBend* m_bendConstraints;
b2Vec2* m_bindPositions;
b2Vec2* m_ps;
b2Vec2* m_p0s;
b2Vec2* m_vs;
float* m_invMasses;
b2Vec2 m_gravity;
b2RopeTuning m_tuning;
};
#endif
+127
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_SETTINGS_H
#define B2_SETTINGS_H
#include "b2_types.h"
#include "b2_api.h"
/// @file
/// Settings that can be overriden for your application
///
/// Define this macro in your build if you want to override settings
#ifdef B2_USER_SETTINGS
/// This is a user file that includes custom definitions of the macros, structs, and functions
/// defined below.
#include "b2_user_settings.h"
#else
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdint.h>
// Tunable Constants
/// You can use this to change the length scale used by your game.
/// For example for inches you could use 39.4.
#define b2_lengthUnitsPerMeter 1.0f
/// The maximum number of vertices on a convex polygon. You cannot increase
/// this too much because b2BlockAllocator has a maximum object size.
#define b2_maxPolygonVertices 8
// User data
/// You can define this to inject whatever data you want in b2Body
struct B2_API b2BodyUserData
{
b2BodyUserData()
{
pointer = 0;
}
/// For legacy compatibility
uintptr_t pointer;
};
/// You can define this to inject whatever data you want in b2Fixture
struct B2_API b2FixtureUserData
{
b2FixtureUserData()
{
pointer = 0;
}
/// For legacy compatibility
uintptr_t pointer;
};
/// You can define this to inject whatever data you want in b2Joint
struct B2_API b2JointUserData
{
b2JointUserData()
{
pointer = 0;
}
/// For legacy compatibility
uintptr_t pointer;
};
// Memory Allocation
/// Default allocation functions
B2_API void* b2Alloc_Default(int32 size);
B2_API void b2Free_Default(void* mem);
/// Implement this function to use your own memory allocator.
inline void* b2Alloc(int32 size)
{
return b2Alloc_Default(size);
}
/// If you implement b2Alloc, you should also implement this function.
inline void b2Free(void* mem)
{
b2Free_Default(mem);
}
/// Default logging function
B2_API void b2Log_Default(const char* string, va_list args);
/// Implement this to use your own logging.
inline void b2Log(const char* string, ...)
{
va_list args;
va_start(args, string);
b2Log_Default(string, args);
va_end(args);
}
#endif // B2_USER_SETTINGS
#include "b2_common.h"
#endif
@@ -1,48 +1,54 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Erin Catto http://www.box2d.org
*
* This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
* warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
* arising from the use of this software.
* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
* including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
* freely, subject to the following restrictions:
* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
* claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
* in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
* appreciated but is not required.
* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
* misrepresented as being the original software.
* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_SHAPE_H
#define B2_SHAPE_H
#include <Box2D/Common/b2BlockAllocator.h>
#include <Box2D/Common/b2Math.h>
#include <Box2D/Collision/b2Collision.h>
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
#include "b2_collision.h"
class b2BlockAllocator;
/// This holds the mass data computed for a shape.
struct b2MassData
struct B2_API b2MassData
{
/// The mass of the shape, usually in kilograms.
float32 mass;
float mass;
/// The position of the shape's centroid relative to the shape's origin.
b2Vec2 center;
/// The rotational inertia of the shape about the local origin.
float32 I;
float I;
};
/// A shape is used for collision detection. You can create a shape however you like.
/// Shapes used for simulation in b2World are created automatically when a b2Fixture
/// is created. Shapes may encapsulate a one or more child shapes.
class b2Shape
class B2_API b2Shape
{
public:
enum Type
{
e_circle = 0,
@@ -87,10 +93,13 @@ public:
/// The inertia tensor is computed about the local origin.
/// @param massData returns the mass data for this shape.
/// @param density the density in kilograms per meter squared.
virtual void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float32 density) const = 0;
virtual void ComputeMass(b2MassData* massData, float density) const = 0;
Type m_type;
float32 m_radius;
/// Radius of a shape. For polygonal shapes this must be b2_polygonRadius. There is no support for
/// making rounded polygons.
float m_radius;
};
inline b2Shape::Type b2Shape::GetType() const
+65
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
#define B2_STACK_ALLOCATOR_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_settings.h"
const int32 b2_stackSize = 100 * 1024; // 100k
const int32 b2_maxStackEntries = 32;
struct B2_API b2StackEntry
{
char* data;
int32 size;
bool usedMalloc;
};
// This is a stack allocator used for fast per step allocations.
// You must nest allocate/free pairs. The code will assert
// if you try to interleave multiple allocate/free pairs.
class B2_API b2StackAllocator
{
public:
b2StackAllocator();
~b2StackAllocator();
void* Allocate(int32 size);
void Free(void* p);
int32 GetMaxAllocation() const;
private:
char m_data[b2_stackSize];
int32 m_index;
int32 m_allocation;
int32 m_maxAllocation;
b2StackEntry m_entries[b2_maxStackEntries];
int32 m_entryCount;
};
#endif
+63
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
// MIT License
// Copyright (c) 2019 Erin Catto
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
// copies or substantial portions of the Software.
// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
// SOFTWARE.
#ifndef B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
#define B2_TIME_OF_IMPACT_H
#include "b2_api.h"
#include "b2_math.h"
#include "b2_distance.h"
/// Input parameters for b2TimeOfImpact
struct B2_API b2TOIInput
{
b2DistanceProxy proxyA;
b2DistanceProxy proxyB;
b2Sweep sweepA;
b2Sweep sweepB;
float tMax; // defines sweep interval [0, tMax]
};
/// Output parameters for b2TimeOfImpact.
struct B2_API b2TOIOutput
{
enum State
{
e_unknown,
e_failed,
e_overlapped,
e_touching,
e_separated
};
State state;
float t;
};
/// Compute the upper bound on time before two shapes penetrate. Time is represented as
/// a fraction between [0,tMax]. This uses a swept separating axis and may miss some intermediate,
/// non-tunneling collisions. If you change the time interval, you should call this function
/// again.
/// Note: use b2Distance to compute the contact point and normal at the time of impact.
B2_API void b2TimeOfImpact(b2TOIOutput* output, const b2TOIInput* input);
#endif

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More